Coker Exhibition Systems supply all manner of exhibition stands and display stands. Every thing from large backlit light boxes, display turntables, exhibition equipment, promotional display systems, including digital interactive screen stands to ipad display stands and interactive display systems. We have a large range of designs and styles for product ranges, Light boxes, display turntables, window cable displays, information sign points, information displays, pavement street signs and standoffs for signage and display purposes.

For more information, help and guidance please call 01256 768178.

Showing 594 products

Plastic counter with graphics

CEX1 ABS Portable White plastic demonstration counter with carry bag white unit complete with poles and top sign panel The most popular promotional budget counter, for use in all sales drives, very easy to assemble robust lightweight and offering a counter for sales or demonstration of various products including food and drink. Dimensions for this unit are, 860mm High x 820mm wide. 2050mm high with sign. Round fronted with base shelf and ribbed mid shelf Unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. High quality re-usable, easy to assemble ABS plastic body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf 20mm white plastic sign poles Unit weight with bag is 7 Kilos + Box and packing 2 Kilos = 9 Kilos total Any questions or advice 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

CEX1 ABS Portable White plastic demonstration counter with carry bag white unit complete with poles and top sign panel The most popular promotional budget counter, for use in all sales drives, very easy to assemble robust lightweight and offering a counter for sales or demonstration of various products including food and drink. Dimensions for this unit are, 860mm High x 820mm wide. 2050mm high with sign. Round fronted with base shelf and ribbed mid shelf Unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. High quality re-usable, easy to assemble ABS plastic body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf 20mm white plastic sign poles Unit weight with bag is 7 Kilos + Box and packing 2 Kilos = 9 Kilos total Any questions or advice 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£90
Square exhibition stand Gantry S35

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm diameter tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners with a spigot and pin connection system, huge time savings. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm diameter tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners with a spigot and pin connection system, huge time savings. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

£1,640
Display stand with Lcd screens

Audio Visual Centro Kit 1 - Centro Multimedia display stands have been designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive or multimedia element. The new Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks thanks to clever cams. There is even a match counter unit to complete the display and give an image to be proud of at any event or in your company showroom. Supplied with graphics panels. • Innovative modular AV stands • 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 1 • New unique RotrLink connection • Anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key supplied • Compatible with entire Centro range • Overall height without lighting 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1206(w) x 521mm(d) • Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 54kg • Overall graphic dimensions - 1990(h) x 950mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder

Audio Visual Centro Kit 1 - Centro Multimedia display stands have been designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive or multimedia element. The new Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks thanks to clever cams. There is even a match counter unit to complete the display and give an image to be proud of at any event or in your company showroom. Supplied with graphics panels. • Innovative modular AV stands • 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 1 • New unique RotrLink connection • Anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key supplied • Compatible with entire Centro range • Overall height without lighting 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1206(w) x 521mm(d) • Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 54kg • Overall graphic dimensions - 1990(h) x 950mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder

£648
Exhibition Gantry Stand Hire

5 Day Hire Exhibition Gantry only. Square and rectangular builds. Easy self build square and rectangular stands no tools needed. We can deliver directly to you or the venue. Our prices are 1-5 days and so cover the whole show. Please select your stand size from the options below. Note we also offer full size digital PVC banners to fit the stand plus a range of exhibition lighting and carpets, which we can pre-fit to most exhibition venues across the UK. If we don't show your ideal stand size please call with your exact requirements. Our exhibition gantry can be built to suit every exhibition stand floor area, it is the perfect aluminium framework for rental at a trade show or event. It can support banners, literature holders, lighting, LCD screens and whatever else! If you do not wish to setup the lighting truss yourselves we also offer by quotation an installation and removal service. We can print graphics with your branding, even decorate the legs with wraps. We also offer reasonable design service. Stands are normally 2.5M high or 3M High. We can supply scale drawings, system verification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our exhibition gantry hire.

5 Day Hire Exhibition Gantry only. Square and rectangular builds. Easy self build square and rectangular stands no tools needed. We can deliver directly to you or the venue. Our prices are 1-5 days and so cover the whole show. Please select your stand size from the options below. Note we also offer full size digital PVC banners to fit the stand plus a range of exhibition lighting and carpets, which we can pre-fit to most exhibition venues across the UK. If we don't show your ideal stand size please call with your exact requirements. Our exhibition gantry can be built to suit every exhibition stand floor area, it is the perfect aluminium framework for rental at a trade show or event. It can support banners, literature holders, lighting, LCD screens and whatever else! If you do not wish to setup the lighting truss yourselves we also offer by quotation an installation and removal service. We can print graphics with your branding, even decorate the legs with wraps. We also offer reasonable design service. Stands are normally 2.5M high or 3M High. We can supply scale drawings, system verification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our exhibition gantry hire.

£320
Flat panel exhibition counter

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 80 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 80 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£319
20mm FF20 Stretch fabric frame

FF20 Stretch Fabric Frame 20mm deep cut to size, frames do not include graphics which are available as a separate purchase. Aluminium stretch fabric frames for printed to fabric graphics with silicon bead edges sewn in. The frames are cut to order from stock The corner joins are included with each frame. The frames can be hung or screwed directly to walls and are meant for front lighting in the normal way. Hangers supplied with each frame Optional price guide below for more than one frame please ask for a quotation

FF20 Stretch Fabric Frame 20mm deep cut to size, frames do not include graphics which are available as a separate purchase. Aluminium stretch fabric frames for printed to fabric graphics with silicon bead edges sewn in. The frames are cut to order from stock The corner joins are included with each frame. The frames can be hung or screwed directly to walls and are meant for front lighting in the normal way. Hangers supplied with each frame Optional price guide below for more than one frame please ask for a quotation

£25
Flat panel exhibition counter

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 80 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 80 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£319
Wall Mounted notice board lockable outdoor

Premium 30mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases for wall mounting Metal display cases with a weather resistant anodised frame, the backing board is white powder coated steel which is magnet friendly and an important health and safety requirement. Magnetic backing boards are also used as they do not absorb moisture and this avoids a micro climate inside your display case causing it to steam up! These notice boards also have tiny drain points just in case, this makes it important to hang the units in the correct plain if its a portrait case please ensure it's hung that way. There a drilled holes in the back of the backing sheet to allow wall mounting. The units are supplied with some magnets but where displays demand we can supply self adhesive magnetic tape allowing you to display your graphic without any visual impediment, this is great for restaurant menu boards. The sizes quoted are exterior for the window display (visual) area please deduct 97mm in both directions. Led lighting kits are available and these must be fitted by a qualified electrician, the lights come with a transformer which must be protected from the weather ideally inside the building, the lights draw very little power and create a tiny amount of welcome heat there real is no need to turn them on and off. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request (on 58mm cases range) Elastomer seal. Anodised finish. Normal production time anodised units 1 week.

Premium 30mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases for wall mounting Metal display cases with a weather resistant anodised frame, the backing board is white powder coated steel which is magnet friendly and an important health and safety requirement. Magnetic backing boards are also used as they do not absorb moisture and this avoids a micro climate inside your display case causing it to steam up! These notice boards also have tiny drain points just in case, this makes it important to hang the units in the correct plain if its a portrait case please ensure it's hung that way. There a drilled holes in the back of the backing sheet to allow wall mounting. The units are supplied with some magnets but where displays demand we can supply self adhesive magnetic tape allowing you to display your graphic without any visual impediment, this is great for restaurant menu boards. The sizes quoted are exterior for the window display (visual) area please deduct 97mm in both directions. Led lighting kits are available and these must be fitted by a qualified electrician, the lights come with a transformer which must be protected from the weather ideally inside the building, the lights draw very little power and create a tiny amount of welcome heat there real is no need to turn them on and off. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request (on 58mm cases range) Elastomer seal. Anodised finish. Normal production time anodised units 1 week.

£103
Square exhibition stand Gantry S35

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm diameter tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners with a spigot and pin connection system, huge time savings. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm diameter tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners with a spigot and pin connection system, huge time savings. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

£1,640
Square over head fabric display sign

Flying display banner frames are powerful magnets to your stand (suspended from the ceiling). Suspended aerial banner displays can be seen from way off across an exhibition hall or large trade show venue. Get your brand noticed at every event with an over head hanging display frame. Free up that expensive exhibition floor area at every event. We offer 4 basic aerial hanging display designs, Square, Rectangle, Eye Circle, Triplet and a Tapered Circle but we can make any shape you need with our custom service. What a great way to be seen you could add lights and or a hanging turntable from our range for a rotating spectacular depending on the size of the structure and the siting of fixing beams at the venue. Price shown is for a 2.4 Meter square x 1100 mm high aluminium framed hanging display frame complete with the tailored stretch fit graphic which will be secured with a zip to give the correct tension to the graphic. Hanging banner displays can be made up to 6 Metres in diameter. This type of display can be fitted on top of a gantry stand or similar structure that can provide support strength, but is designed to be suspended from a ceiling beam on wire cables at your show. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Our normal service time is 5 days production time for this product, but please ask as service times can vary through out the year. For more info on custom size suspended aerial signs call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Flying display banner frames are powerful magnets to your stand (suspended from the ceiling). Suspended aerial banner displays can be seen from way off across an exhibition hall or large trade show venue. Get your brand noticed at every event with an over head hanging display frame. Free up that expensive exhibition floor area at every event. We offer 4 basic aerial hanging display designs, Square, Rectangle, Eye Circle, Triplet and a Tapered Circle but we can make any shape you need with our custom service. What a great way to be seen you could add lights and or a hanging turntable from our range for a rotating spectacular depending on the size of the structure and the siting of fixing beams at the venue. Price shown is for a 2.4 Meter square x 1100 mm high aluminium framed hanging display frame complete with the tailored stretch fit graphic which will be secured with a zip to give the correct tension to the graphic. Hanging banner displays can be made up to 6 Metres in diameter. This type of display can be fitted on top of a gantry stand or similar structure that can provide support strength, but is designed to be suspended from a ceiling beam on wire cables at your show. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Our normal service time is 5 days production time for this product, but please ask as service times can vary through out the year. For more info on custom size suspended aerial signs call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£1,160
System 35 Lighting Truss straight sections

System 35 Lighting truss straight sections, 0.250mm to 3M. Easily extend or build a custom made lighting truss for your exhibition area. The tri-tube is 35mm in diameter with a 1.6mm wall thickness. System 35 is a precision made gantry system. Extruded 35mm tubes have machined ends, internally tapered, fitted with a machined conical. Once in place any deflection is undetectable, the joints are then secured with a tapered pin and a safety clip. This is a fast, easy build, complete trussing system. An ideal solution for uses at home, exhibitions and permanent installations from shopping centres to racing circuits, discos and film sets. We also have deflection and weight loading charts.

System 35 Lighting truss straight sections, 0.250mm to 3M. Easily extend or build a custom made lighting truss for your exhibition area. The tri-tube is 35mm in diameter with a 1.6mm wall thickness. System 35 is a precision made gantry system. Extruded 35mm tubes have machined ends, internally tapered, fitted with a machined conical. Once in place any deflection is undetectable, the joints are then secured with a tapered pin and a safety clip. This is a fast, easy build, complete trussing system. An ideal solution for uses at home, exhibitions and permanent installations from shopping centres to racing circuits, discos and film sets. We also have deflection and weight loading charts.

£70
Plastic counter with graphics

CEX1 ABS Portable White plastic demonstration counter with carry bag white unit complete with poles and top sign panel The most popular promotional budget counter, for use in all sales drives, very easy to assemble robust lightweight and offering a counter for sales or demonstration of various products including food and drink. Dimensions for this unit are, 860mm High x 820mm wide. 2050mm high with sign. Round fronted with base shelf and ribbed mid shelf Unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. High quality re-usable, easy to assemble ABS plastic body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf 20mm white plastic sign poles Unit weight with bag is 7 Kilos + Box and packing 2 Kilos = 9 Kilos total Any questions or advice 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

CEX1 ABS Portable White plastic demonstration counter with carry bag white unit complete with poles and top sign panel The most popular promotional budget counter, for use in all sales drives, very easy to assemble robust lightweight and offering a counter for sales or demonstration of various products including food and drink. Dimensions for this unit are, 860mm High x 820mm wide. 2050mm high with sign. Round fronted with base shelf and ribbed mid shelf Unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. High quality re-usable, easy to assemble ABS plastic body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf 20mm white plastic sign poles Unit weight with bag is 7 Kilos + Box and packing 2 Kilos = 9 Kilos total Any questions or advice 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£90
Display lighting with in and out sockets enable easy electrical connection for linking together

LL03 Linking Exhibition Light LED Swivel Head Tilt and Side movements. Quality lighting unit with quiet cooling fan built in. Low power draw, 20W LED light source with integral transformer. Link up to 10 units together with daisy linking leads (see below) In and out kettle lead power sockets already built in. Very bright 20W LED exhibition and display light, just add the correct width link lead choose below and add to cart. Linking Exhibition Lights, power 20W AC 100 to 240V, Aluminium + ABS plastic Output 2184 Lumins, Light size 500x140x47mm, supplied with a Uk mains lead with daisy plug. Natural White Light Colour Temperature is 4000k Mains lead is 1.5m in length. Available Extras. Top of wall screw fixing Screw clamp (Reversible) that goes up to 50mm for round lighting truss and flat walls, this is a perfect wall washing light for exhibition displays and graphics. Mini Screw clamp up to 17mm X Clip for pop up stands Suitable for use in USA.

LL03 Linking Exhibition Light LED Swivel Head Tilt and Side movements. Quality lighting unit with quiet cooling fan built in. Low power draw, 20W LED light source with integral transformer. Link up to 10 units together with daisy linking leads (see below) In and out kettle lead power sockets already built in. Very bright 20W LED exhibition and display light, just add the correct width link lead choose below and add to cart. Linking Exhibition Lights, power 20W AC 100 to 240V, Aluminium + ABS plastic Output 2184 Lumins, Light size 500x140x47mm, supplied with a Uk mains lead with daisy plug. Natural White Light Colour Temperature is 4000k Mains lead is 1.5m in length. Available Extras. Top of wall screw fixing Screw clamp (Reversible) that goes up to 50mm for round lighting truss and flat walls, this is a perfect wall washing light for exhibition displays and graphics. Mini Screw clamp up to 17mm X Clip for pop up stands Suitable for use in USA.

£46
Display stand with Lcd screens

Audio Visual Centro Kit 1 - Centro Multimedia display stands have been designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive or multimedia element. The new Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks thanks to clever cams. There is even a match counter unit to complete the display and give an image to be proud of at any event or in your company showroom. Supplied with graphics panels. • Innovative modular AV stands • 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 1 • New unique RotrLink connection • Anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key supplied • Compatible with entire Centro range • Overall height without lighting 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1206(w) x 521mm(d) • Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 54kg • Overall graphic dimensions - 1990(h) x 950mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder

Audio Visual Centro Kit 1 - Centro Multimedia display stands have been designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive or multimedia element. The new Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks thanks to clever cams. There is even a match counter unit to complete the display and give an image to be proud of at any event or in your company showroom. Supplied with graphics panels. • Innovative modular AV stands • 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 1 • New unique RotrLink connection • Anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key supplied • Compatible with entire Centro range • Overall height without lighting 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1206(w) x 521mm(d) • Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 54kg • Overall graphic dimensions - 1990(h) x 950mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder

£648
Display plinth folds flat

Folding display plinths with graphic branding. Fully branded folding display plinths, pedestals and podiums for exhibition, trade show and showroom display use. Very quick assembly times, a fold flat display plinth includes fully printed and laminated body panels with a 400mm square PVC top. These display plinths are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel. The flexible hinge allows the plinths to fold flat before and after use, also for easy storage and transport ease. To assemble: place the base plate on the floor, now place the 2 sets of hinged panels upon the lip and push them together around the base dropping in the top just before the panels connect up too tightly. Now open the door of your pedestal and add the aluminium right angel to close the panels together at the rear, assembled in a few moments. Also makes a handy store at an exhibition or event, internal shelves added as an option, the 1200mm high plinth comes with one shelf as standard. The unit dimensions for your graphics are 380mm square column with heights of 300-1200mm top is 400x400mm. Tested to weight loads of 30kgs. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on *01256 768178.

Folding display plinths with graphic branding. Fully branded folding display plinths, pedestals and podiums for exhibition, trade show and showroom display use. Very quick assembly times, a fold flat display plinth includes fully printed and laminated body panels with a 400mm square PVC top. These display plinths are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel. The flexible hinge allows the plinths to fold flat before and after use, also for easy storage and transport ease. To assemble: place the base plate on the floor, now place the 2 sets of hinged panels upon the lip and push them together around the base dropping in the top just before the panels connect up too tightly. Now open the door of your pedestal and add the aluminium right angel to close the panels together at the rear, assembled in a few moments. Also makes a handy store at an exhibition or event, internal shelves added as an option, the 1200mm high plinth comes with one shelf as standard. The unit dimensions for your graphics are 380mm square column with heights of 300-1200mm top is 400x400mm. Tested to weight loads of 30kgs. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on *01256 768178.

£167
20mm FF20 Stretch fabric frame

FF20 Stretch Fabric Frame 20mm deep cut to size, frames do not include graphics which are available as a separate purchase. Aluminium stretch fabric frames for printed to fabric graphics with silicon bead edges sewn in. The frames are cut to order from stock The corner joins are included with each frame. The frames can be hung or screwed directly to walls and are meant for front lighting in the normal way. Hangers supplied with each frame Optional price guide below for more than one frame please ask for a quotation

FF20 Stretch Fabric Frame 20mm deep cut to size, frames do not include graphics which are available as a separate purchase. Aluminium stretch fabric frames for printed to fabric graphics with silicon bead edges sewn in. The frames are cut to order from stock The corner joins are included with each frame. The frames can be hung or screwed directly to walls and are meant for front lighting in the normal way. Hangers supplied with each frame Optional price guide below for more than one frame please ask for a quotation

£25
Black Steel Exhibition Stand.

Black Steel Square Exhibition Gantry Stand This Example is 2360mm High 2770mm Square.Total actual weight is 56 Kilos This stand will take 2 people about 1 hour to erect. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. The Stand is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.5 Metres together this means relatively easy transportation and compact storage when not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems. Black Steel does represent a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, display stands. Particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. This is an indoor product. For Display Graphics we suggest deduction of 60mm on the height and 80mm from the width, Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This stand can be expanded as required it can also be re configured to fit any exhibition stand floor space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. This stand is 2700mm wide with an interior height of 2200mm So Graphics should be 2620 x 2140 High. Backlit Fabric on this exhibition stand can be stunning! Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

Black Steel Square Exhibition Gantry Stand This Example is 2360mm High 2770mm Square.Total actual weight is 56 Kilos This stand will take 2 people about 1 hour to erect. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. The Stand is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.5 Metres together this means relatively easy transportation and compact storage when not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems. Black Steel does represent a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, display stands. Particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. This is an indoor product. For Display Graphics we suggest deduction of 60mm on the height and 80mm from the width, Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This stand can be expanded as required it can also be re configured to fit any exhibition stand floor space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. This stand is 2700mm wide with an interior height of 2200mm So Graphics should be 2620 x 2140 High. Backlit Fabric on this exhibition stand can be stunning! Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

£1,084
Pop up display stand kit, case and graphics

Curved pop up display kits with graphics, 10 Size options 2225mm high 1-5 Metres. Curved pop up display kits come in a range of frame sizes 3x3 and 3x4 being the most popular.The stands can be curved or straight and are available in a variety of widths, For versatility it is possible to join Pop Up display stands together with a ghost panel instead of fitting the "D"ends this means that they are far more versatile than most exhibitionists realise! The umbrella like expanding metal frames stands can also be fitted with magnetic bars and graphics on both sides. Full curved popup display stands, are complete mobile exhibition stands in a wheeled case. A quick erect style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment, the case also comes with beech top insert to make a podium counter from the case, plus two 120 watt pop up lights or Led Lights available as optional extras. The pop up magnetic display stand is the most popular portable display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Our Kit price options below include lights, case wrap for the wheeled transport case and double sided graphics are available extras if required. The complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. Sizes of graphics and footprint areas are on the downloadable PDF documents on this page. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%. We are pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed. Our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry standards. For help and advice with artwork please call 01256 768178. We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval without further cost before running your graphics. Production is normally within 3 days after sign off of test print. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Curved pop up display kits with graphics, 10 Size options 2225mm high 1-5 Metres. Curved pop up display kits come in a range of frame sizes 3x3 and 3x4 being the most popular.The stands can be curved or straight and are available in a variety of widths, For versatility it is possible to join Pop Up display stands together with a ghost panel instead of fitting the "D"ends this means that they are far more versatile than most exhibitionists realise! The umbrella like expanding metal frames stands can also be fitted with magnetic bars and graphics on both sides. Full curved popup display stands, are complete mobile exhibition stands in a wheeled case. A quick erect style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment, the case also comes with beech top insert to make a podium counter from the case, plus two 120 watt pop up lights or Led Lights available as optional extras. The pop up magnetic display stand is the most popular portable display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Our Kit price options below include lights, case wrap for the wheeled transport case and double sided graphics are available extras if required. The complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. Sizes of graphics and footprint areas are on the downloadable PDF documents on this page. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%. We are pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed. Our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry standards. For help and advice with artwork please call 01256 768178. We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval without further cost before running your graphics. Production is normally within 3 days after sign off of test print. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£375
850mm wide roller baner stand for budget applications

Cost effective roller banner stand, the "Event" roller banner is aimed at budget sensitive promotional marketing and the short to medium term event such as exhibitions or conferences We offer 2 widths in the event roller banner stands widths, 800mm and 850mm, both have a visual height of 2000mm and are come with printed graphic on stoplight media, with anti curl. This roller banner comes in a nice padded bag either way and so easy carrying and protection during storage is assured. The staged pole keeps things nice and easy to assemble and quick to set up. Approx weight of 6.5kgs per unit. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. Artwork at half output size @ 300dpi 800 x 2010mm We advise picture files file more than 120dpi at full size printed. Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. These roller banners have a 5 day lead time or normally available next day without graphics.(Please check!)

Cost effective roller banner stand, the "Event" roller banner is aimed at budget sensitive promotional marketing and the short to medium term event such as exhibitions or conferences We offer 2 widths in the event roller banner stands widths, 800mm and 850mm, both have a visual height of 2000mm and are come with printed graphic on stoplight media, with anti curl. This roller banner comes in a nice padded bag either way and so easy carrying and protection during storage is assured. The staged pole keeps things nice and easy to assemble and quick to set up. Approx weight of 6.5kgs per unit. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. Artwork at half output size @ 300dpi 800 x 2010mm We advise picture files file more than 120dpi at full size printed. Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. These roller banners have a 5 day lead time or normally available next day without graphics.(Please check!)

£65
Magnetic Media Graphics

Magnetic Media Graphics easy as 123 Digitally printed to Stoplight media and laminated. Magnetic tape fitted 25mm each side + Metal bar top and bottom to compliment out System 70 range. Ideal for exhibition stands and back drop walls at events. Need to Know more or if you would like a quotation Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Magnetic Media Graphics easy as 123 Digitally printed to Stoplight media and laminated. Magnetic tape fitted 25mm each side + Metal bar top and bottom to compliment out System 70 range. Ideal for exhibition stands and back drop walls at events. Need to Know more or if you would like a quotation Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£100
Black Linking Lights

LL03 BLACK Linking Exhibition Light LED Swivel Head Tilt and Side movements. A quality lighting unit with quiet cooling fan built in. Low power draw 20W LED light source with integral transformer. Link up to 10 units together with daisy linking leads (see below) In and out kettle lead power sockets already built in. Very bright 20W LED exhibition and display lights, just add the correct width link lead choose below and add to cart. Linking Exhibition Lights. Power 20W AC 100 to 240V, Aluminium + ABS plastic Output 2184 Lumins. Light size 500x140x47mm Uk mains lead with daisy plug. Natural White Light Colour Temperature is 4000k. Mains lead is 1.5m in length. Available Extras. Top of wall screw fixing Screw clamp (Reversible) that goes up to 50mm for round lighting truss and flat walls, this is a perfect wall washing light for exhibition displays and graphics. X Clip for pop up stands Mini Screw clamp up to 17mm Suitable for use in the USA.

LL03 BLACK Linking Exhibition Light LED Swivel Head Tilt and Side movements. A quality lighting unit with quiet cooling fan built in. Low power draw 20W LED light source with integral transformer. Link up to 10 units together with daisy linking leads (see below) In and out kettle lead power sockets already built in. Very bright 20W LED exhibition and display lights, just add the correct width link lead choose below and add to cart. Linking Exhibition Lights. Power 20W AC 100 to 240V, Aluminium + ABS plastic Output 2184 Lumins. Light size 500x140x47mm Uk mains lead with daisy plug. Natural White Light Colour Temperature is 4000k. Mains lead is 1.5m in length. Available Extras. Top of wall screw fixing Screw clamp (Reversible) that goes up to 50mm for round lighting truss and flat walls, this is a perfect wall washing light for exhibition displays and graphics. X Clip for pop up stands Mini Screw clamp up to 17mm Suitable for use in the USA.

£45
Wall mounted notice boards

Premium outdoor lockable display cases and notice boards for wall or post mounting Exterior quality metal units with powder coated paint finish is standard colours Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, brown, or anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units coloured units 2 weeks but popular sizes can be ex stock The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. posts are extra if required please see the options below

Premium outdoor lockable display cases and notice boards for wall or post mounting Exterior quality metal units with powder coated paint finish is standard colours Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, brown, or anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units coloured units 2 weeks but popular sizes can be ex stock The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. posts are extra if required please see the options below

£125
Wall mounted banner frame

Banner frames Black Steel Gantry This Example is 2700mm High 3700mm Wide.Total actual weight is 53 Kilos This banner frame wall mounting stand will take about 1 hour to erect plus then screw to the wall, mounting plates are already part of the gantry banner frame to make this easy. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. The Stand is primarily intended for interior use, it is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.0 Metres, together this means relatively easy transportation and compact storage if not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems. Black Steel does represent a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, wall mounted banner stands, display stands. Particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. For Display Graphics we recommend deduction of 228cm from the width and height for this frame including eyelets, this would be the dimension of the protruding apex of the truss pieces.(The centre line) Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This frame can be expanded as required or reduced in size it can also be re configured to fit any wall space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. This stand is 3.7M wide x 2.7M high Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

Banner frames Black Steel Gantry This Example is 2700mm High 3700mm Wide.Total actual weight is 53 Kilos This banner frame wall mounting stand will take about 1 hour to erect plus then screw to the wall, mounting plates are already part of the gantry banner frame to make this easy. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. The Stand is primarily intended for interior use, it is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.0 Metres, together this means relatively easy transportation and compact storage if not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems. Black Steel does represent a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, wall mounted banner stands, display stands. Particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. For Display Graphics we recommend deduction of 228cm from the width and height for this frame including eyelets, this would be the dimension of the protruding apex of the truss pieces.(The centre line) Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This frame can be expanded as required or reduced in size it can also be re configured to fit any wall space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. This stand is 3.7M wide x 2.7M high Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

£688
Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 with branding

Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 an ideal solution if you need a portable display wall with an Lcd screen built in to allow public interaction or promotional films to be shown at events. These visual display walls are an ideal form of Multimedia presentation display wall and even have a range of optional upgrades too such as, iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied and MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white. We advise that this Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases. Price includes graphics. • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder • Innovative modular AV stands - please advise your screen size • 60" maximum screen size for AV Kit 2 • New unique RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key tool supplied • Compatible with other Centro accessories • Overall height 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1765(w) x 521mm(d) • Overall graphic dimensions - 2 at 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Need help or advice, call 01256 768178

Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 an ideal solution if you need a portable display wall with an Lcd screen built in to allow public interaction or promotional films to be shown at events. These visual display walls are an ideal form of Multimedia presentation display wall and even have a range of optional upgrades too such as, iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied and MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white. We advise that this Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases. Price includes graphics. • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder • Innovative modular AV stands - please advise your screen size • 60" maximum screen size for AV Kit 2 • New unique RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key tool supplied • Compatible with other Centro accessories • Overall height 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1765(w) x 521mm(d) • Overall graphic dimensions - 2 at 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Need help or advice, call 01256 768178

£907
BM1 Battery revolving display drive.

Our most versatile lightweight battery powered turntable or display drive unit. This unit is for very lightweight use please read more information. The basic drive's unit can be fitted with a variety of battery holders which allow longevity or speed increasing by 2 and 3 times. This suits a multitude of display purposes, the operating speeds will alter with different battery combinations, Battery holders available extras please select single or double options. Note the battery holders need to be wired (solder terminals) to the the drive motor this can be from the side or bottom of the unit. The single battery holder will give a standard speed of 0.7Rpm but this can be increased as per the following: BM1/0.7 rpm 1 battery, 1.5 rpm with two batteries and 2.3Rpm with three batteries wired in series to increase the voltage. Batteries used are "D" Cells. Batteries can also be wired in parallel to increase the longevity as required.

Our most versatile lightweight battery powered turntable or display drive unit. This unit is for very lightweight use please read more information. The basic drive's unit can be fitted with a variety of battery holders which allow longevity or speed increasing by 2 and 3 times. This suits a multitude of display purposes, the operating speeds will alter with different battery combinations, Battery holders available extras please select single or double options. Note the battery holders need to be wired (solder terminals) to the the drive motor this can be from the side or bottom of the unit. The single battery holder will give a standard speed of 0.7Rpm but this can be increased as per the following: BM1/0.7 rpm 1 battery, 1.5 rpm with two batteries and 2.3Rpm with three batteries wired in series to increase the voltage. Batteries used are "D" Cells. Batteries can also be wired in parallel to increase the longevity as required.

£25
Wall mounted notice boards

Premium outdoor lockable display cases and notice boards for wall or post mounting Exterior quality metal units with powder coated paint finish is standard colours Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, brown, or anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units coloured units 2 weeks but popular sizes can be ex stock The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. posts are extra if required please see the options below

Premium outdoor lockable display cases and notice boards for wall or post mounting Exterior quality metal units with powder coated paint finish is standard colours Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, brown, or anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units coloured units 2 weeks but popular sizes can be ex stock The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. posts are extra if required please see the options below

£125
Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 with branding

Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 an ideal solution if you need a portable display wall with an Lcd screen built in to allow public interaction or promotional films to be shown at events. These visual display walls are an ideal form of Multimedia presentation display wall and even have a range of optional upgrades too such as, iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied and MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white. We advise that this Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases. Price includes graphics. • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder • Innovative modular AV stands - please advise your screen size • 60" maximum screen size for AV Kit 2 • New unique RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key tool supplied • Compatible with other Centro accessories • Overall height 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1765(w) x 521mm(d) • Overall graphic dimensions - 2 at 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Need help or advice, call 01256 768178

Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 an ideal solution if you need a portable display wall with an Lcd screen built in to allow public interaction or promotional films to be shown at events. These visual display walls are an ideal form of Multimedia presentation display wall and even have a range of optional upgrades too such as, iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied and MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white. We advise that this Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases. Price includes graphics. • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder • Innovative modular AV stands - please advise your screen size • 60" maximum screen size for AV Kit 2 • New unique RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key tool supplied • Compatible with other Centro accessories • Overall height 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1765(w) x 521mm(d) • Overall graphic dimensions - 2 at 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Need help or advice, call 01256 768178

£907
Pop up counter with graphic branding and beech top

Pop up counter unit Two Sizes available If you are looking for a very reasonably priced budget pop up counter that is portable and comes complete with fully branded graphic of your choice this could be for you. The Large counter unit (2x2) is 1.29 metres wide 98.5cm high and only 19 kilos complete. The smaller counter unit (2x1) is 865mm wide and 98.5 cm high. Included is the reinforced wheeled transit bag with either size which houses the frame, mag bars, thermoformed beech laminate top, graphic and the shelves too. Suggested spread weight load for the counter top is 25 kgs and 3 kgs across the shelves. Please watch the you tube video link (may vary slightly as this product is further developed a smaller unit is also scheduled) This unit has been developed from and is based on the very popular and successful pop up display stand, it employs the same folding pop up frame construction that is well know by most and very robust and reliable giving years of use. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs for a branded pop up display counter.

Pop up counter unit Two Sizes available If you are looking for a very reasonably priced budget pop up counter that is portable and comes complete with fully branded graphic of your choice this could be for you. The Large counter unit (2x2) is 1.29 metres wide 98.5cm high and only 19 kilos complete. The smaller counter unit (2x1) is 865mm wide and 98.5 cm high. Included is the reinforced wheeled transit bag with either size which houses the frame, mag bars, thermoformed beech laminate top, graphic and the shelves too. Suggested spread weight load for the counter top is 25 kgs and 3 kgs across the shelves. Please watch the you tube video link (may vary slightly as this product is further developed a smaller unit is also scheduled) This unit has been developed from and is based on the very popular and successful pop up display stand, it employs the same folding pop up frame construction that is well know by most and very robust and reliable giving years of use. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs for a branded pop up display counter.

£228
Audio Visual Display Stand Centro Kit 3

Audio Visual display stand Centro Kit 3 - Centro Multimedia display stands are designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive element at events, exhibitions and in the showroom, ideal to run a promotional film or presentation on. The Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks, all thanks to clever cams. As handy add-ons you can choose from a matching counter unit, literature racks, ipad mounts and acrylic top caps. We also offer an eye catching range of accessories to complete any audio visual display stand and give a company image to be proud of at any event. Supplied with graphics panels. Clever modular AV stands - please specify screen size 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 3 RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts Matching silver steel bases Fewer component parts, reduced assembly times 4mm hex key supplied Compatible with entire Centro range Overall height without lighting 2019mm Footprint - 2885mm(w) x 518mm(d) Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 70kg Overall graphic dimensions - centre panel 1 x 1990mm (h) x 950(w) and outer panels 2 x 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Questions or advice please do call on 01256 768178

Audio Visual display stand Centro Kit 3 - Centro Multimedia display stands are designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive element at events, exhibitions and in the showroom, ideal to run a promotional film or presentation on. The Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks, all thanks to clever cams. As handy add-ons you can choose from a matching counter unit, literature racks, ipad mounts and acrylic top caps. We also offer an eye catching range of accessories to complete any audio visual display stand and give a company image to be proud of at any event. Supplied with graphics panels. Clever modular AV stands - please specify screen size 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 3 RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts Matching silver steel bases Fewer component parts, reduced assembly times 4mm hex key supplied Compatible with entire Centro range Overall height without lighting 2019mm Footprint - 2885mm(w) x 518mm(d) Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 70kg Overall graphic dimensions - centre panel 1 x 1990mm (h) x 950(w) and outer panels 2 x 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Questions or advice please do call on 01256 768178

£1,157
T1TT Battery Turntable

T1TT Battery Turntable Black plastic with Acrylic mirror top for counter top displays The top rotating deck comes away to expose the battery compartment and the two speed gear, to select the speed required the plastic gear can be moved from a choice of two positions. Two Speed by gear change 3.5 and 7rpm Approximately Reversible action by switch Operates on one "D" Dell battery Counter top operation not for use vertically or upside down Not recommended for photography please see other devices, or call 01256 766234

T1TT Battery Turntable Black plastic with Acrylic mirror top for counter top displays The top rotating deck comes away to expose the battery compartment and the two speed gear, to select the speed required the plastic gear can be moved from a choice of two positions. Two Speed by gear change 3.5 and 7rpm Approximately Reversible action by switch Operates on one "D" Dell battery Counter top operation not for use vertically or upside down Not recommended for photography please see other devices, or call 01256 766234

£10
L Shape corner exhibition stand black steel gantry

Corner Exhibition Stand Black Steel Gantry Black Steel Gantry This Example is 2360mm High x 2700mm Wide in both directions.Total actual weight is 35 Kilos This free standing corner banner stand wall mounting stand will take about 1 hour to erect, Base mounting plates can be pre fitted. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. Note each corner junction is the same and thus allows for future expansion however a small over hang can be seen on the image, the overhang does make an ideal place to mount a graphic, this can even be rotating! The Stand is primarily intended for interior use, it is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm with 18mm steel tube supported with 5mm steel lattice, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.5 Metres. This means relatively easy transportation and compact storage when not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems.That is to say not all designs can be constructed. Black Steel represents a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, wall mounted banner stands, display stands and so on, its a particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. For Display Graphics we recommend deduction of 60mm on the height and 80mm from the width, including eyelets, this would be the dimension of the exterior corner of the truss pieces.Banners can be secured with elastic bungee or cable ties. Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This frame can be expanded as required or reduced in size it can also be re configured to fit any wall space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. Advice is free and we are happy to talk! This stand is 2.7M wide x 2.36 high Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

Corner Exhibition Stand Black Steel Gantry Black Steel Gantry This Example is 2360mm High x 2700mm Wide in both directions.Total actual weight is 35 Kilos This free standing corner banner stand wall mounting stand will take about 1 hour to erect, Base mounting plates can be pre fitted. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. Note each corner junction is the same and thus allows for future expansion however a small over hang can be seen on the image, the overhang does make an ideal place to mount a graphic, this can even be rotating! The Stand is primarily intended for interior use, it is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm with 18mm steel tube supported with 5mm steel lattice, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.5 Metres. This means relatively easy transportation and compact storage when not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems.That is to say not all designs can be constructed. Black Steel represents a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, wall mounted banner stands, display stands and so on, its a particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. For Display Graphics we recommend deduction of 60mm on the height and 80mm from the width, including eyelets, this would be the dimension of the exterior corner of the truss pieces.Banners can be secured with elastic bungee or cable ties. Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This frame can be expanded as required or reduced in size it can also be re configured to fit any wall space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. Advice is free and we are happy to talk! This stand is 2.7M wide x 2.36 high Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

£709
Coker Expo CEDH Pop Up display counter

Expo Pop Up Counter CEDH The framework structure of our pop up counter folds away like an umbrella. Remove from the bag pop up the frame and add the magnetic bars, wrap the graphic round then unfold the top and insert the shelves You'r ready for action. The stand can be prepared in 5 minutes. Choose your top colour option, either Black or White. Once your invoice is paid and graphics supplied the units are normally dispatched in 72 hours, we offer next day carrier services. Unit Dimensions 970mm High 1260mm Wide 370mm Deep top 14.1 Kilos Actual Weight Artwork : Please supply artwork without bleed and crops to 1935mm wide x 940mm high. Visual area at front is 1060mm but you can add 200mm each side still visual from the front before the graphic curves backwards. Optional Rear cover graphic at extra cost

Expo Pop Up Counter CEDH The framework structure of our pop up counter folds away like an umbrella. Remove from the bag pop up the frame and add the magnetic bars, wrap the graphic round then unfold the top and insert the shelves You'r ready for action. The stand can be prepared in 5 minutes. Choose your top colour option, either Black or White. Once your invoice is paid and graphics supplied the units are normally dispatched in 72 hours, we offer next day carrier services. Unit Dimensions 970mm High 1260mm Wide 370mm Deep top 14.1 Kilos Actual Weight Artwork : Please supply artwork without bleed and crops to 1935mm wide x 940mm high. Visual area at front is 1060mm but you can add 200mm each side still visual from the front before the graphic curves backwards. Optional Rear cover graphic at extra cost

£200
CU030 Mains powered display turntable

The CU030 display drive.Mains powered. With this small revolving display drive the load is carried by a thrust bearing with a flange of 65mm, this unit can carry a max load up to 3 kilos at 2.5 rpm. A small revolving display drive motor designed for little and low weight applications. Perfect for retail shop, showroom and reception rotating displays to catch the customers eye, thanks to the rotating movement. The units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

The CU030 display drive.Mains powered. With this small revolving display drive the load is carried by a thrust bearing with a flange of 65mm, this unit can carry a max load up to 3 kilos at 2.5 rpm. A small revolving display drive motor designed for little and low weight applications. Perfect for retail shop, showroom and reception rotating displays to catch the customers eye, thanks to the rotating movement. The units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

£60
Circular tension fabric hanging display

Circular tension fabric hanging displays,Complete with double sided printed tension graphic. great solution to getting your brand seen across any exhibition or event hall. Round shaped aluminium hanging structure – the perfect way to an eye catching element to your display area, a real focal point. With hanging loops to enable the structure to be suspended from ceiling structure via wire cables. Keep the floor area of your exhibition free and get your brand message high in the air over your floor space. This tension fabric circle display systems on offer are from 1.5M Diameter to 6.1M diameter Tool free assembly Available in five different sizes by quotation Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening Circle sizes in the range are, CFMHS-RIN-01 - 1.5m x 0.8m CFMHS-RIN-03 - 3.0m x 0.9m CFMHS-RIN-04 - 4.6m x 1.5m Each display has 4 hanging points Example - 3m diameter frame with the banner weighs approx 14kgs Expect 1 week in house production time. If you need any help please call 01256 768178

Circular tension fabric hanging displays,Complete with double sided printed tension graphic. great solution to getting your brand seen across any exhibition or event hall. Round shaped aluminium hanging structure – the perfect way to an eye catching element to your display area, a real focal point. With hanging loops to enable the structure to be suspended from ceiling structure via wire cables. Keep the floor area of your exhibition free and get your brand message high in the air over your floor space. This tension fabric circle display systems on offer are from 1.5M Diameter to 6.1M diameter Tool free assembly Available in five different sizes by quotation Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening Circle sizes in the range are, CFMHS-RIN-01 - 1.5m x 0.8m CFMHS-RIN-03 - 3.0m x 0.9m CFMHS-RIN-04 - 4.6m x 1.5m Each display has 4 hanging points Example - 3m diameter frame with the banner weighs approx 14kgs Expect 1 week in house production time. If you need any help please call 01256 768178

£595
setting up a graphique exhibition counter

Exhibition display counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep. Double round ended "Graphique" exhibition counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep, overall height 1000mm supplied with a velcro on aluminium composite white finish door panel as standard. This revolutionary new exhibition counter design comes complete with a full digital graphic branded wrap and internal storage inside. These counters are purpose designed for events and are capable of taking 40 Kilos. This is a twist lock pole exhibition furniture system with out a tambour wrap to share the weight load. It can be put up or packed away flat in a few minutes flat. Supplied with rear closure panel which acts as a removable door, allows out of sight out of mind security of items stored on your trade show stand. Also available as an optional extras for this counter is Centre height shelf, Carry bag, Four counter top colours, Carry tube for your graphic wrap Cable management port central left/right position (reverseable depending on assembly) Please select your option below Graphic Size: 2100mm x 970mm high. Please see PDF below for full specification, please see the PDF data sheet when designing your graphic. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Exhibition display counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep. Double round ended "Graphique" exhibition counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep, overall height 1000mm supplied with a velcro on aluminium composite white finish door panel as standard. This revolutionary new exhibition counter design comes complete with a full digital graphic branded wrap and internal storage inside. These counters are purpose designed for events and are capable of taking 40 Kilos. This is a twist lock pole exhibition furniture system with out a tambour wrap to share the weight load. It can be put up or packed away flat in a few minutes flat. Supplied with rear closure panel which acts as a removable door, allows out of sight out of mind security of items stored on your trade show stand. Also available as an optional extras for this counter is Centre height shelf, Carry bag, Four counter top colours, Carry tube for your graphic wrap Cable management port central left/right position (reverseable depending on assembly) Please select your option below Graphic Size: 2100mm x 970mm high. Please see PDF below for full specification, please see the PDF data sheet when designing your graphic. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£295
Audio Visual Display Stand Centro Kit 3

Audio Visual display stand Centro Kit 3 - Centro Multimedia display stands are designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive element at events, exhibitions and in the showroom, ideal to run a promotional film or presentation on. The Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks, all thanks to clever cams. As handy add-ons you can choose from a matching counter unit, literature racks, ipad mounts and acrylic top caps. We also offer an eye catching range of accessories to complete any audio visual display stand and give a company image to be proud of at any event. Supplied with graphics panels. Clever modular AV stands - please specify screen size 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 3 RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts Matching silver steel bases Fewer component parts, reduced assembly times 4mm hex key supplied Compatible with entire Centro range Overall height without lighting 2019mm Footprint - 2885mm(w) x 518mm(d) Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 70kg Overall graphic dimensions - centre panel 1 x 1990mm (h) x 950(w) and outer panels 2 x 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Questions or advice please do call on 01256 768178

Audio Visual display stand Centro Kit 3 - Centro Multimedia display stands are designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive element at events, exhibitions and in the showroom, ideal to run a promotional film or presentation on. The Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks, all thanks to clever cams. As handy add-ons you can choose from a matching counter unit, literature racks, ipad mounts and acrylic top caps. We also offer an eye catching range of accessories to complete any audio visual display stand and give a company image to be proud of at any event. Supplied with graphics panels. Clever modular AV stands - please specify screen size 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 3 RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts Matching silver steel bases Fewer component parts, reduced assembly times 4mm hex key supplied Compatible with entire Centro range Overall height without lighting 2019mm Footprint - 2885mm(w) x 518mm(d) Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 70kg Overall graphic dimensions - centre panel 1 x 1990mm (h) x 950(w) and outer panels 2 x 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Questions or advice please do call on 01256 768178

£1,157
Bespoke childrens bedroom wallpaper

Feature walls Design your own wallpaper or let us help you! we have access to images from all over the world and almost anything is possible. Custom printed wallpaper for your home or shop. Bespoke Wall mural printing from digital files and photos files, we offer free samples of our quality wallpapers and a sample of your design before we print your job. To get started just give us a call 01256 766234 we will be pleased to help, measure your wall size and give us a theme, we can also add text + logos or inset other pictures. you have a choice of standard wall coverings we will post you a sample pack, while we design your feature wall. We can advise you or "your man that can" how to put the wall covering up. But dont worry because its a very high quality product its generally more robust and easy to hang each job comes with a hanging plan and all the sections are numbered. If you are within range we can even install the paper for you. As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself its easy and we can offer telephone assistance as required, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please complete our email us at the top of the page and ask for sample products, we will be happy to post them to you. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! To price your wall round up to the nearest half metre and give the square metres, prices are in the table below (3 Options)

Feature walls Design your own wallpaper or let us help you! we have access to images from all over the world and almost anything is possible. Custom printed wallpaper for your home or shop. Bespoke Wall mural printing from digital files and photos files, we offer free samples of our quality wallpapers and a sample of your design before we print your job. To get started just give us a call 01256 766234 we will be pleased to help, measure your wall size and give us a theme, we can also add text + logos or inset other pictures. you have a choice of standard wall coverings we will post you a sample pack, while we design your feature wall. We can advise you or "your man that can" how to put the wall covering up. But dont worry because its a very high quality product its generally more robust and easy to hang each job comes with a hanging plan and all the sections are numbered. If you are within range we can even install the paper for you. As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself its easy and we can offer telephone assistance as required, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please complete our email us at the top of the page and ask for sample products, we will be happy to post them to you. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! To price your wall round up to the nearest half metre and give the square metres, prices are in the table below (3 Options)

£20
DL4 Exhibition light GU10

DL4 Display Light with clamp and X clip banner stands. Swivel head and tilt The X clip will fit most pop up stands and the clamp will fit up to 50mm tube or flat surfaces Units come with the clamp up to 45mm Fitted with cool white GU10 LED lamp 100-240V Complete with 2.5m mains lead and UK plug these units an be daisy chained together, please select linking leads and splitters as required. Feel free to call a lighting expert at Coker Expo 01256 766234 Units can also be fitted to a cabinet or top of a display wall with the optional extra cabinet fixing see options below.

DL4 Display Light with clamp and X clip banner stands. Swivel head and tilt The X clip will fit most pop up stands and the clamp will fit up to 50mm tube or flat surfaces Units come with the clamp up to 45mm Fitted with cool white GU10 LED lamp 100-240V Complete with 2.5m mains lead and UK plug these units an be daisy chained together, please select linking leads and splitters as required. Feel free to call a lighting expert at Coker Expo 01256 766234 Units can also be fitted to a cabinet or top of a display wall with the optional extra cabinet fixing see options below.

£28
Notice board with posts

Coker Expo supply premium outdoor 30mm deep lockable poster display cases with posts mounting. Quality, painted wall display poster cases 30mm deep with posts. The strong, weather-resistant metal display units have a powder coated paint finish available in red, green, blue or black. The backboard of the wall display units is white powder coated steel for magnet fixings. The units are supplied with some free magnets and we can also provide self-adhesive magnetic tape if you require your graphics or posters to be completely visible. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time 2 weeks. Factory slows down end July and August. posts are 60mm x 40mm and 2600mm high The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. For more information on the promotional wall poster display stands available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178

Coker Expo supply premium outdoor 30mm deep lockable poster display cases with posts mounting. Quality, painted wall display poster cases 30mm deep with posts. The strong, weather-resistant metal display units have a powder coated paint finish available in red, green, blue or black. The backboard of the wall display units is white powder coated steel for magnet fixings. The units are supplied with some free magnets and we can also provide self-adhesive magnetic tape if you require your graphics or posters to be completely visible. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time 2 weeks. Factory slows down end July and August. posts are 60mm x 40mm and 2600mm high The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. For more information on the promotional wall poster display stands available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178

£334
Wall lean to gantry exhibition display stand

Black Steel Lighting truss lean design This design as per all lighting truss can be altered in size and configuration as required Illustrated here is a stand with dimensions of 2.8M wide x 2.4M out and with a height of 2360mm The total dead weight is 56Kilos. This wall and floor mounted standing will take about 1 hour to erect it will need to be secured. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. The Stand is primarily intended for interior use, it is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm with 18mm steel tube supported with 5mm steel lattice, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.5 Metres. This means relatively easy transportation and compact storage when not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems.That is to say not all designs can be constructed. Black Steel represents a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, wall mounted banner stands, display stands and so on, its a particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. For Display Graphics we recommend deduction of 60mm on the height and 80mm from the width, including eyelets, this would be the dimension of the exterior corner of the truss pieces.Banners can be secured with elastic bungee or cable ties.But please check with us before proceeding Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This frame can be expanded as required or reduced in size it can also be re configured to fit any wall and floor space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. Advice is free and we are happy to talk! This stand is 2.7M wide x 2.36 high Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

Black Steel Lighting truss lean design This design as per all lighting truss can be altered in size and configuration as required Illustrated here is a stand with dimensions of 2.8M wide x 2.4M out and with a height of 2360mm The total dead weight is 56Kilos. This wall and floor mounted standing will take about 1 hour to erect it will need to be secured. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. The Stand is primarily intended for interior use, it is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm with 18mm steel tube supported with 5mm steel lattice, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.5 Metres. This means relatively easy transportation and compact storage when not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems.That is to say not all designs can be constructed. Black Steel represents a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, wall mounted banner stands, display stands and so on, its a particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. For Display Graphics we recommend deduction of 60mm on the height and 80mm from the width, including eyelets, this would be the dimension of the exterior corner of the truss pieces.Banners can be secured with elastic bungee or cable ties.But please check with us before proceeding Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This frame can be expanded as required or reduced in size it can also be re configured to fit any wall and floor space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. Advice is free and we are happy to talk! This stand is 2.7M wide x 2.36 high Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

£671
2 Way Corner

DJ Black Steel truss, Exhibition Gantry 2 Way Corner 90 degrees 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Nut and bolts (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 350 x 350 x 183 mm Weight: 2.00kg Maximum load capacity: Length Uniformly distributed load (on the handle) 1.5mtr 15,0kg 3.0mtr 8,8kg 4.0mtr 4.6kg 5.0mtr 2.7kg 6.0mtr 1,6kg

DJ Black Steel truss, Exhibition Gantry 2 Way Corner 90 degrees 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Nut and bolts (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 350 x 350 x 183 mm Weight: 2.00kg Maximum load capacity: Length Uniformly distributed load (on the handle) 1.5mtr 15,0kg 3.0mtr 8,8kg 4.0mtr 4.6kg 5.0mtr 2.7kg 6.0mtr 1,6kg

£42
CUH030 Hanging rotating display drive

Hanging rotating display drive CUH030, a ceiling mounted display drive that can carry a hanging weight load of 3 Kg at 2.5 rpm rotation speed. Ideal for smaller suspended revolving displays, retail shop, showroom and reception applications.

Hanging rotating display drive CUH030, a ceiling mounted display drive that can carry a hanging weight load of 3 Kg at 2.5 rpm rotation speed. Ideal for smaller suspended revolving displays, retail shop, showroom and reception applications.

£72
This turntable is battery operated

Rotating battery operated turntable, this unit is perfect for exhibition and shop window displays, rotating display exhibits up to 300 - 400mm, the display needs to be balanced and the batteries will keep it turning for a very long time (months) Battery Powered turntable for 1 or Two "D-Cells" (not supplied) with on off switch. Capable of turning up to 5 Kilos flat concentric and balanced load Note: the size of the display can dramatically alter the weight loading capability. Rotates 1.7 RPM Clockwise which is the optimum display speed for this size. Unit dimensions are 150mm Dia x 60mm High with an egg shell white plastic casing and an on off switch. The unit incorporates a radial ball bearing. Use 1 or 2 batteries to the double life span. The bottom plate has bore holes for easy mounting. Applicable as display turntable, a built in turntable or revolving stand, the unit can take a lightweight additional display top and this can be easily covered with a fabric by the end user to suit the display. We do not supply additional tops and would suggest items such as foil cake bases which make ideal revolving platform extensions that can easily be glued or double sided taped to the unit. Please ensure to keep the load central and balanced. We note that some customers have sprayed the units to match their brand. These units are plastic so please be careful with solvents that could effect on the unit. A balanced load is a requirement for any turntable to work properly you can use one or two D-Cells batteries (not supplied). They will keep it turning for months, D cells are the big fat 1.5 volts ones we used to put in torches, this is an impressive popular unit supplied for so many display purposes not only in shops, but also extensively by photographers for video film production. The units run quietly but are not silent, in normal display environments the small sound is not noticed. Please watch the attached video to help fully understand this battery operated display turntable. Normally the lead time is 1 day dispatched by next day courier if ordered before 2pm For more information call us on 01256 768178

Rotating battery operated turntable, this unit is perfect for exhibition and shop window displays, rotating display exhibits up to 300 - 400mm, the display needs to be balanced and the batteries will keep it turning for a very long time (months) Battery Powered turntable for 1 or Two "D-Cells" (not supplied) with on off switch. Capable of turning up to 5 Kilos flat concentric and balanced load Note: the size of the display can dramatically alter the weight loading capability. Rotates 1.7 RPM Clockwise which is the optimum display speed for this size. Unit dimensions are 150mm Dia x 60mm High with an egg shell white plastic casing and an on off switch. The unit incorporates a radial ball bearing. Use 1 or 2 batteries to the double life span. The bottom plate has bore holes for easy mounting. Applicable as display turntable, a built in turntable or revolving stand, the unit can take a lightweight additional display top and this can be easily covered with a fabric by the end user to suit the display. We do not supply additional tops and would suggest items such as foil cake bases which make ideal revolving platform extensions that can easily be glued or double sided taped to the unit. Please ensure to keep the load central and balanced. We note that some customers have sprayed the units to match their brand. These units are plastic so please be careful with solvents that could effect on the unit. A balanced load is a requirement for any turntable to work properly you can use one or two D-Cells batteries (not supplied). They will keep it turning for months, D cells are the big fat 1.5 volts ones we used to put in torches, this is an impressive popular unit supplied for so many display purposes not only in shops, but also extensively by photographers for video film production. The units run quietly but are not silent, in normal display environments the small sound is not noticed. Please watch the attached video to help fully understand this battery operated display turntable. Normally the lead time is 1 day dispatched by next day courier if ordered before 2pm For more information call us on 01256 768178

£28
Pendulum movement display drive turntable

Pendulum display motor for lightweight displays only this display drive moves one way and then the other, reversing pendulum movement to show the full front but not the back of the display product. Display motor 220 - 240 V Load: Depends on type and size of moving display we can make these motors to the following specifications Pendulum movements: 30 times per minute Pendulum angle: 45° or 60 depending on which end of the cam is used.Other speeds are possible by special order for quantities 5+ only. The stock unit is our standard please see the video. We recommend testing one to suit the application as this is the only way to check specific applications Unit weight is .3 kilos The units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations. Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

Pendulum display motor for lightweight displays only this display drive moves one way and then the other, reversing pendulum movement to show the full front but not the back of the display product. Display motor 220 - 240 V Load: Depends on type and size of moving display we can make these motors to the following specifications Pendulum movements: 30 times per minute Pendulum angle: 45° or 60 depending on which end of the cam is used.Other speeds are possible by special order for quantities 5+ only. The stock unit is our standard please see the video. We recommend testing one to suit the application as this is the only way to check specific applications Unit weight is .3 kilos The units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations. Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

£90
Bespoke childrens bedroom wallpaper

Feature walls Design your own wallpaper or let us help you! we have access to images from all over the world and almost anything is possible. Custom printed wallpaper for your home or shop. Bespoke Wall mural printing from digital files and photos files, we offer free samples of our quality wallpapers and a sample of your design before we print your job. To get started just give us a call 01256 766234 we will be pleased to help, measure your wall size and give us a theme, we can also add text + logos or inset other pictures. you have a choice of standard wall coverings we will post you a sample pack, while we design your feature wall. We can advise you or "your man that can" how to put the wall covering up. But dont worry because its a very high quality product its generally more robust and easy to hang each job comes with a hanging plan and all the sections are numbered. If you are within range we can even install the paper for you. As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself its easy and we can offer telephone assistance as required, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please complete our email us at the top of the page and ask for sample products, we will be happy to post them to you. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! To price your wall round up to the nearest half metre and give the square metres, prices are in the table below (3 Options)

Feature walls Design your own wallpaper or let us help you! we have access to images from all over the world and almost anything is possible. Custom printed wallpaper for your home or shop. Bespoke Wall mural printing from digital files and photos files, we offer free samples of our quality wallpapers and a sample of your design before we print your job. To get started just give us a call 01256 766234 we will be pleased to help, measure your wall size and give us a theme, we can also add text + logos or inset other pictures. you have a choice of standard wall coverings we will post you a sample pack, while we design your feature wall. We can advise you or "your man that can" how to put the wall covering up. But dont worry because its a very high quality product its generally more robust and easy to hang each job comes with a hanging plan and all the sections are numbered. If you are within range we can even install the paper for you. As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself its easy and we can offer telephone assistance as required, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please complete our email us at the top of the page and ask for sample products, we will be happy to post them to you. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! To price your wall round up to the nearest half metre and give the square metres, prices are in the table below (3 Options)

£20
Notice board with posts

Coker Expo supply premium outdoor 30mm deep lockable poster display cases with posts mounting. Quality, painted wall display poster cases 30mm deep with posts. The strong, weather-resistant metal display units have a powder coated paint finish available in red, green, blue or black. The backboard of the wall display units is white powder coated steel for magnet fixings. The units are supplied with some free magnets and we can also provide self-adhesive magnetic tape if you require your graphics or posters to be completely visible. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time 2 weeks. Factory slows down end July and August. posts are 60mm x 40mm and 2600mm high The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. For more information on the promotional wall poster display stands available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178

Coker Expo supply premium outdoor 30mm deep lockable poster display cases with posts mounting. Quality, painted wall display poster cases 30mm deep with posts. The strong, weather-resistant metal display units have a powder coated paint finish available in red, green, blue or black. The backboard of the wall display units is white powder coated steel for magnet fixings. The units are supplied with some free magnets and we can also provide self-adhesive magnetic tape if you require your graphics or posters to be completely visible. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time 2 weeks. Factory slows down end July and August. posts are 60mm x 40mm and 2600mm high The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. For more information on the promotional wall poster display stands available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178

£334
Backlit fabric graphic light box mounted to a wall

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL180 Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls. Single or double sided as standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "backlit" large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area, trade show or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case. Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL180 Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls. Single or double sided as standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "backlit" large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area, trade show or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case. Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

£636
Brightbox portable

Bright box portable light box illuminated fabric display stand that comes in a carry carton with handle and the whole stand can be deployed in a few minutes without the need for tools. This Speedy Light box is a fixed size of 2M High x 1M wide. The powerful LED's are all the way up both sides giving a super bright eye catching display. Brightbox is the portable light box ready supplied with a TWO digitally printed graphics from your electronic file or files. The graphics are slightly stretchy and fit into the slotted edges of the stand by pre sewn silicon bead. Graphics can easily be replaced and are tight with no creases or joins the presentation level is at its best. The system is double sided and comes with two fabric graphics Use this system against a wall or in a stand alone location. Replaceable graphics easy change Super Bright leds both sides inside Very fast deployment Fits into carry box Actual weight 10 Kilos Box size 114x30x11cm

Bright box portable light box illuminated fabric display stand that comes in a carry carton with handle and the whole stand can be deployed in a few minutes without the need for tools. This Speedy Light box is a fixed size of 2M High x 1M wide. The powerful LED's are all the way up both sides giving a super bright eye catching display. Brightbox is the portable light box ready supplied with a TWO digitally printed graphics from your electronic file or files. The graphics are slightly stretchy and fit into the slotted edges of the stand by pre sewn silicon bead. Graphics can easily be replaced and are tight with no creases or joins the presentation level is at its best. The system is double sided and comes with two fabric graphics Use this system against a wall or in a stand alone location. Replaceable graphics easy change Super Bright leds both sides inside Very fast deployment Fits into carry box Actual weight 10 Kilos Box size 114x30x11cm

£530
High quality external notice board fixed on to a wall.

This is our 58mm profile notice board range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile with an even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm Most poster display case models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts. This range can be fitted with tempered safety glass at special request, otherwise they come with our standard plexichoc. The metal backing sheets have fixing hole positions pre drilled, a set of magnets is supplied. The 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys, two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models. To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week, factory slows for school holiday periods. For more information on poster display case options available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

This is our 58mm profile notice board range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile with an even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm Most poster display case models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts. This range can be fitted with tempered safety glass at special request, otherwise they come with our standard plexichoc. The metal backing sheets have fixing hole positions pre drilled, a set of magnets is supplied. The 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys, two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models. To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week, factory slows for school holiday periods. For more information on poster display case options available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

£176
Lighting truss stand B2

This stand design is "build 2" The example as shown is 3.5M x 3.5M x 3800mm high, however we can make this any size you prefer! This stand can be purchased as it is or just used to show what a super display you can achieve by just adding a top level on a basic square. Lighting can be inside the top banners illuminating the display area together with the banners. This stand offers the maximum use of what you pay for when you rent space in an exhibition hall. Construction of the stand is easy light gantry/truss individual aluminium sections are only around 3Kg for a 3 way corner or a 1.5M length. The pieces are locked in place with precision conicals and tapered pins. The stand will be without defects rigid and strong> Its the perfect place to add your branded banners and exhibition furniture. Exhibition gantry is ideal for suspending exhibition lighting and we have a range of clamps and fittings to get your lights in the right place,We can help with lighting brightness and colour. company publicity. A quick assembly lighting truss system that use a spigot and pin connection system, good load bearing abilities too. New a slightly different floor size, ask for a quote 01256 768178. Prices do not include lighting and banners but these can be supplied Coker Expo can also supply giant banners up to 5M wide PVC and Fabric banners

This stand design is "build 2" The example as shown is 3.5M x 3.5M x 3800mm high, however we can make this any size you prefer! This stand can be purchased as it is or just used to show what a super display you can achieve by just adding a top level on a basic square. Lighting can be inside the top banners illuminating the display area together with the banners. This stand offers the maximum use of what you pay for when you rent space in an exhibition hall. Construction of the stand is easy light gantry/truss individual aluminium sections are only around 3Kg for a 3 way corner or a 1.5M length. The pieces are locked in place with precision conicals and tapered pins. The stand will be without defects rigid and strong> Its the perfect place to add your branded banners and exhibition furniture. Exhibition gantry is ideal for suspending exhibition lighting and we have a range of clamps and fittings to get your lights in the right place,We can help with lighting brightness and colour. company publicity. A quick assembly lighting truss system that use a spigot and pin connection system, good load bearing abilities too. New a slightly different floor size, ask for a quote 01256 768178. Prices do not include lighting and banners but these can be supplied Coker Expo can also supply giant banners up to 5M wide PVC and Fabric banners

£5,092
Backlit fabric graphic light box mounted to a wall

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL180 Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls. Single or double sided as standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "backlit" large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area, trade show or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case. Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL180 Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls. Single or double sided as standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "backlit" large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area, trade show or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case. Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

£636
Exhibition track light with 3x 50w halogen bulbs

Track light fitting with 5W LED lamps, 1M high quality track in either satin silver or white. The 16amp track is rugged enough to be fitted to trade shows with ease. 1M length and comes with live and dead ends, this is a self wire lighting track but, we offer an option to pre wire a mains lead and plug for plug and play easy solution for events and shows The bulbs are replaceable GU10 LEDs they have extremely long life and dont get hot! 3 day supply time. Need advice call 01256 768178.

Track light fitting with 5W LED lamps, 1M high quality track in either satin silver or white. The 16amp track is rugged enough to be fitted to trade shows with ease. 1M length and comes with live and dead ends, this is a self wire lighting track but, we offer an option to pre wire a mains lead and plug for plug and play easy solution for events and shows The bulbs are replaceable GU10 LEDs they have extremely long life and dont get hot! 3 day supply time. Need advice call 01256 768178.

£82
System 50 Exhibition Gantry 6 Leg Rectangle

Imposing large exhibition gantry stand using S50 our 50mm tri tube aluminium gantry with rapid fit precision tapered conicals and safety pins. Sound and Lighting Display Truss System Here we show a 6 legged 8x6 Metre design using System 50 Trio lighting truss,S50 is easily capable to make a 4 legged stand at these dimensions, as all gantry systems the lighting truss itself is a stylish product it will define your stand perimeter at the same time it provides order and structure virtually unnoticeable bright lighting brings a sense of desire to view this display whatever your products may be. S50 system is equally at home outside, its very strong and precise, this product has a very long life span and is almost indestructible. Thus providing an excellent investment that could pay for itself very quickly and go on and on providing profitable flexible exhibition capabilities for any purchaser.This design is 8 x 6M x 3M high, but is just shown here as an example to give you an idea of cost and the limitless possibilities offered with an exhibition gantry from any of our ranges. All the connections employ precision made conicals that plug into each other and are quickly secured with tapered pins and safety clips, Once connected the system is solid without deflection issues at the joints. It's a favoured system for those who install it because its quick and easy a satisfyingly solid construction. Please feel free to call and discuss your requirement, we will be happy to provide a cad drawing and quotation. Coker Expo have several ranges of Own Gantry stands to choose from all systems are TUV certified and Globally Compatible providing you take the right advice. An investment in System 35 or System 50 Exhibition Gantry is just about as solid as the Stands. Coker Expo are also large format digital print providers for the industry contact us for banners PVC and fabric together with Exhibition desks and counters which are Coker Expo made products. 01256 766234

Imposing large exhibition gantry stand using S50 our 50mm tri tube aluminium gantry with rapid fit precision tapered conicals and safety pins. Sound and Lighting Display Truss System Here we show a 6 legged 8x6 Metre design using System 50 Trio lighting truss,S50 is easily capable to make a 4 legged stand at these dimensions, as all gantry systems the lighting truss itself is a stylish product it will define your stand perimeter at the same time it provides order and structure virtually unnoticeable bright lighting brings a sense of desire to view this display whatever your products may be. S50 system is equally at home outside, its very strong and precise, this product has a very long life span and is almost indestructible. Thus providing an excellent investment that could pay for itself very quickly and go on and on providing profitable flexible exhibition capabilities for any purchaser.This design is 8 x 6M x 3M high, but is just shown here as an example to give you an idea of cost and the limitless possibilities offered with an exhibition gantry from any of our ranges. All the connections employ precision made conicals that plug into each other and are quickly secured with tapered pins and safety clips, Once connected the system is solid without deflection issues at the joints. It's a favoured system for those who install it because its quick and easy a satisfyingly solid construction. Please feel free to call and discuss your requirement, we will be happy to provide a cad drawing and quotation. Coker Expo have several ranges of Own Gantry stands to choose from all systems are TUV certified and Globally Compatible providing you take the right advice. An investment in System 35 or System 50 Exhibition Gantry is just about as solid as the Stands. Coker Expo are also large format digital print providers for the industry contact us for banners PVC and fabric together with Exhibition desks and counters which are Coker Expo made products. 01256 766234

£4,038
Display Turntable variable Speed

TT60100KVS Display Turntable complete with Remote control. Mains powered. 60 cm wide rotating display deck. Works clockwise or anti clockwise selected by remote control or switch, 3 speeds 1 Rpm 1.5 Rpm and 2 Rpm (Revolutions per minute) Variable speed display turntable with remote 60cm deck White Display Turntable 60cm Deck x 13cm High Mains operation 110-240VAC Draws 36W Variable speed 1/1.5/2 RPM Clockwise Or Anti-clockwise Operation Maximum flat load 100 Kilos at 2Rpm 120 Kilos at 1.5Rpm or 150 Kilos at 2 Rpm Boxed 66x66x18cm 13.5 Kilos Note: The height of the display will impact on the maximum weight loading which is calculated with a flat balanced load This is a display turntable and not be used as a drive or factory tool, loads must be balanced. SORRY OUT OF STOCK

TT60100KVS Display Turntable complete with Remote control. Mains powered. 60 cm wide rotating display deck. Works clockwise or anti clockwise selected by remote control or switch, 3 speeds 1 Rpm 1.5 Rpm and 2 Rpm (Revolutions per minute) Variable speed display turntable with remote 60cm deck White Display Turntable 60cm Deck x 13cm High Mains operation 110-240VAC Draws 36W Variable speed 1/1.5/2 RPM Clockwise Or Anti-clockwise Operation Maximum flat load 100 Kilos at 2Rpm 120 Kilos at 1.5Rpm or 150 Kilos at 2 Rpm Boxed 66x66x18cm 13.5 Kilos Note: The height of the display will impact on the maximum weight loading which is calculated with a flat balanced load This is a display turntable and not be used as a drive or factory tool, loads must be balanced. SORRY OUT OF STOCK

£275
Lighting truss stand B2

This stand design is "build 2" The example as shown is 3.5M x 3.5M x 3800mm high, however we can make this any size you prefer! This stand can be purchased as it is or just used to show what a super display you can achieve by just adding a top level on a basic square. Lighting can be inside the top banners illuminating the display area together with the banners. This stand offers the maximum use of what you pay for when you rent space in an exhibition hall. Construction of the stand is easy light gantry/truss individual aluminium sections are only around 3Kg for a 3 way corner or a 1.5M length. The pieces are locked in place with precision conicals and tapered pins. The stand will be without defects rigid and strong> Its the perfect place to add your branded banners and exhibition furniture. Exhibition gantry is ideal for suspending exhibition lighting and we have a range of clamps and fittings to get your lights in the right place,We can help with lighting brightness and colour. company publicity. A quick assembly lighting truss system that use a spigot and pin connection system, good load bearing abilities too. New a slightly different floor size, ask for a quote 01256 768178. Prices do not include lighting and banners but these can be supplied Coker Expo can also supply giant banners up to 5M wide PVC and Fabric banners

This stand design is "build 2" The example as shown is 3.5M x 3.5M x 3800mm high, however we can make this any size you prefer! This stand can be purchased as it is or just used to show what a super display you can achieve by just adding a top level on a basic square. Lighting can be inside the top banners illuminating the display area together with the banners. This stand offers the maximum use of what you pay for when you rent space in an exhibition hall. Construction of the stand is easy light gantry/truss individual aluminium sections are only around 3Kg for a 3 way corner or a 1.5M length. The pieces are locked in place with precision conicals and tapered pins. The stand will be without defects rigid and strong> Its the perfect place to add your branded banners and exhibition furniture. Exhibition gantry is ideal for suspending exhibition lighting and we have a range of clamps and fittings to get your lights in the right place,We can help with lighting brightness and colour. company publicity. A quick assembly lighting truss system that use a spigot and pin connection system, good load bearing abilities too. New a slightly different floor size, ask for a quote 01256 768178. Prices do not include lighting and banners but these can be supplied Coker Expo can also supply giant banners up to 5M wide PVC and Fabric banners

£5,092
Backlit fabric graphic light box mounted to a wall

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL180 Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls. Single or double sided as standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "backlit" large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area, trade show or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case. Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL180 Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls. Single or double sided as standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "backlit" large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area, trade show or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case. Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

£636
Gantry goal post portal

Gantry stand portal Black Steel Gantry Perfect frame for back wall banners but also lighting rig for disco and product displays or exhibition stands. Black Steel Gantry This Example is 2390mm High x 2700mm Wide.Total actual weight is 25 Kilos Athough free standing it will need securing to the ground or against a wall The frame will take about 1/2 hour to erect, The base mounting plates can be pre fitted to save time at the show. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. Note each corner junction is the same and thus allows for future expansion however a small over hang can be seen on the image, the overhang does make an ideal place to mount a graphic, this can even be rotating! The Stand is primarily intended for interior use, it is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm with 18mm steel tube supported with 5mm steel lattice, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.5 Metres. This means relatively easy transportation and compact storage when not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems.That is to say not all designs can be constructed. Black Steel represents a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, wall mounted banner stands, display stands and so on, its a particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. For Display Graphics we recommend deduction of 60mm from the inside height and 80mm from the inside width, including eyelets, this is the dimension of the interior corners of the truss pieces seen on the drawing this is 2290mm wide x 2180mm high Thus the banner size would be 2290-80 = 2210mm wide x 2180-60 = 2120mm high Banners can be secured with elastic bungee or cable ties. Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This frame can be expanded as required or reduced in size it can also be re configured to fit any wall space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. Advice is free and we are happy to talk! This stand is 2.7M wide x 2.36 high Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

Gantry stand portal Black Steel Gantry Perfect frame for back wall banners but also lighting rig for disco and product displays or exhibition stands. Black Steel Gantry This Example is 2390mm High x 2700mm Wide.Total actual weight is 25 Kilos Athough free standing it will need securing to the ground or against a wall The frame will take about 1/2 hour to erect, The base mounting plates can be pre fitted to save time at the show. Connection of the corners and straight sections is made by plugging the sections together with the supplied cone connectors. Each join is then secured with bolts and wing nuts. Note each corner junction is the same and thus allows for future expansion however a small over hang can be seen on the image, the overhang does make an ideal place to mount a graphic, this can even be rotating! The Stand is primarily intended for interior use, it is steel powder coated with eggshell finish black paint. Overall the black steel triangular lighting truss sections are 183x183x183cm with 18mm steel tube supported with 5mm steel lattice, this stand is constructed out of a maximum length section of 1.5 Metres. This means relatively easy transportation and compact storage when not in use. Black steel is not a certified system for larger builds and is not as comprehensive as System 35 or System 50 Aluminium alloy stands which are certified exhibition gantry systems.That is to say not all designs can be constructed. Black Steel represents a very economical solution for small lighting rigs, discos, wall mounted banner stands, display stands and so on, its a particularly useful product for shopping centres, showrooms and permanent displays, easily adaptable for use as wall mounted banner frames. For Display Graphics we recommend deduction of 60mm from the inside height and 80mm from the inside width, including eyelets, this is the dimension of the interior corners of the truss pieces seen on the drawing this is 2290mm wide x 2180mm high Thus the banner size would be 2290-80 = 2210mm wide x 2180-60 = 2120mm high Banners can be secured with elastic bungee or cable ties. Coker Expo can print the banners on a variety of Medias PVC Fabric and Backlit fabric. Please ask about lighting options we have a variety of exhibition lighting to compliment this stand together with branded plinths and counters. This frame can be expanded as required or reduced in size it can also be re configured to fit any wall space. Coker Expo do offer cad drawings but this is not a free service with this budget range. Advice is free and we are happy to talk! This stand is 2.7M wide x 2.36 high Delivery time: Please allow 2 weeks from order for both the stand and 1 week for graphics.

£480
Brightbox portable

Bright box portable light box illuminated fabric display stand that comes in a carry carton with handle and the whole stand can be deployed in a few minutes without the need for tools. This Speedy Light box is a fixed size of 2M High x 1M wide. The powerful LED's are all the way up both sides giving a super bright eye catching display. Brightbox is the portable light box ready supplied with a TWO digitally printed graphics from your electronic file or files. The graphics are slightly stretchy and fit into the slotted edges of the stand by pre sewn silicon bead. Graphics can easily be replaced and are tight with no creases or joins the presentation level is at its best. The system is double sided and comes with two fabric graphics Use this system against a wall or in a stand alone location. Replaceable graphics easy change Super Bright leds both sides inside Very fast deployment Fits into carry box Actual weight 10 Kilos Box size 114x30x11cm

Bright box portable light box illuminated fabric display stand that comes in a carry carton with handle and the whole stand can be deployed in a few minutes without the need for tools. This Speedy Light box is a fixed size of 2M High x 1M wide. The powerful LED's are all the way up both sides giving a super bright eye catching display. Brightbox is the portable light box ready supplied with a TWO digitally printed graphics from your electronic file or files. The graphics are slightly stretchy and fit into the slotted edges of the stand by pre sewn silicon bead. Graphics can easily be replaced and are tight with no creases or joins the presentation level is at its best. The system is double sided and comes with two fabric graphics Use this system against a wall or in a stand alone location. Replaceable graphics easy change Super Bright leds both sides inside Very fast deployment Fits into carry box Actual weight 10 Kilos Box size 114x30x11cm

£530
Backlit fabric graphic light box mounted to a wall

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL180 Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls. Single or double sided as standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "backlit" large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area, trade show or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case. Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL180 Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls. Single or double sided as standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "backlit" large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area, trade show or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case. Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

£636
High quality external notice board fixed on to a wall.

This is our 58mm profile notice board range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile with an even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm Most poster display case models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts. This range can be fitted with tempered safety glass at special request, otherwise they come with our standard plexichoc. The metal backing sheets have fixing hole positions pre drilled, a set of magnets is supplied. The 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys, two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models. To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week, factory slows for school holiday periods. For more information on poster display case options available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

This is our 58mm profile notice board range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile with an even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm Most poster display case models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts. This range can be fitted with tempered safety glass at special request, otherwise they come with our standard plexichoc. The metal backing sheets have fixing hole positions pre drilled, a set of magnets is supplied. The 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys, two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models. To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week, factory slows for school holiday periods. For more information on poster display case options available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

£176
Brightbox portable

Bright box portable light box illuminated fabric display stand that comes in a carry carton with handle and the whole stand can be deployed in a few minutes without the need for tools. This Speedy Light box is a fixed size of 2M High x 1M wide. The powerful LED's are all the way up both sides giving a super bright eye catching display. Brightbox is the portable light box ready supplied with a TWO digitally printed graphics from your electronic file or files. The graphics are slightly stretchy and fit into the slotted edges of the stand by pre sewn silicon bead. Graphics can easily be replaced and are tight with no creases or joins the presentation level is at its best. The system is double sided and comes with two fabric graphics Use this system against a wall or in a stand alone location. Replaceable graphics easy change Super Bright leds both sides inside Very fast deployment Fits into carry box Actual weight 10 Kilos Box size 114x30x11cm

Bright box portable light box illuminated fabric display stand that comes in a carry carton with handle and the whole stand can be deployed in a few minutes without the need for tools. This Speedy Light box is a fixed size of 2M High x 1M wide. The powerful LED's are all the way up both sides giving a super bright eye catching display. Brightbox is the portable light box ready supplied with a TWO digitally printed graphics from your electronic file or files. The graphics are slightly stretchy and fit into the slotted edges of the stand by pre sewn silicon bead. Graphics can easily be replaced and are tight with no creases or joins the presentation level is at its best. The system is double sided and comes with two fabric graphics Use this system against a wall or in a stand alone location. Replaceable graphics easy change Super Bright leds both sides inside Very fast deployment Fits into carry box Actual weight 10 Kilos Box size 114x30x11cm

£530
Lighting truss stand B2

This stand design is "build 2" The example as shown is 3.5M x 3.5M x 3800mm high, however we can make this any size you prefer! This stand can be purchased as it is or just used to show what a super display you can achieve by just adding a top level on a basic square. Lighting can be inside the top banners illuminating the display area together with the banners. This stand offers the maximum use of what you pay for when you rent space in an exhibition hall. Construction of the stand is easy light gantry/truss individual aluminium sections are only around 3Kg for a 3 way corner or a 1.5M length. The pieces are locked in place with precision conicals and tapered pins. The stand will be without defects rigid and strong> Its the perfect place to add your branded banners and exhibition furniture. Exhibition gantry is ideal for suspending exhibition lighting and we have a range of clamps and fittings to get your lights in the right place,We can help with lighting brightness and colour. company publicity. A quick assembly lighting truss system that use a spigot and pin connection system, good load bearing abilities too. New a slightly different floor size, ask for a quote 01256 768178. Prices do not include lighting and banners but these can be supplied Coker Expo can also supply giant banners up to 5M wide PVC and Fabric banners

This stand design is "build 2" The example as shown is 3.5M x 3.5M x 3800mm high, however we can make this any size you prefer! This stand can be purchased as it is or just used to show what a super display you can achieve by just adding a top level on a basic square. Lighting can be inside the top banners illuminating the display area together with the banners. This stand offers the maximum use of what you pay for when you rent space in an exhibition hall. Construction of the stand is easy light gantry/truss individual aluminium sections are only around 3Kg for a 3 way corner or a 1.5M length. The pieces are locked in place with precision conicals and tapered pins. The stand will be without defects rigid and strong> Its the perfect place to add your branded banners and exhibition furniture. Exhibition gantry is ideal for suspending exhibition lighting and we have a range of clamps and fittings to get your lights in the right place,We can help with lighting brightness and colour. company publicity. A quick assembly lighting truss system that use a spigot and pin connection system, good load bearing abilities too. New a slightly different floor size, ask for a quote 01256 768178. Prices do not include lighting and banners but these can be supplied Coker Expo can also supply giant banners up to 5M wide PVC and Fabric banners

£5,092
120mm profile portable light box

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL120 High quality 120mm deep portable Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, single or double sided is standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "back" lit large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box GL120 High quality 120mm deep portable Edge Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, single or double sided is standard ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We custom make edge lit light boxes and supply standard sizes up to 6M wide. The maximum recommended edge lit light box height is 2.5 meters but we can make "back" lit large light boxes to order any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge for easy change graphics, made to the very highest quality, a smart anodised aluminium 150mm wide profile and Osram super bright Led lights. Easy knock down and rebuild portable edge lit units Led powered 30 Watts per linear meter top and bottom or longest edge, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a 24 Volt transformer 180mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. Multiple sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 200 to 400 Watts depending on size the individual edge lit modules are 3W and there are up to 10 per metre on two longest sides. These units are supplied in knock down modular sections to aid delivery and storage, designed to be free standing, supplied with sturdy 500mm base plates (optional extras), we also offer wall mounted light boxes. The backlit edge lit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. The LED moudules plug into each other. A reflective backing sheet backing sheet is supplied with our price table shown below. It is possible to upgrade to double sided display and save the cost of the backing reflector. These are free standing double sided units by nature however when used against a white wall the cost of a back reflector can represent a saving. Size options below for free standing light boxes including single sided digitally printed dye sublimation banner banner, plain white black backed backing banner which will aid light reflection and also stop light spill to or from other stands within a show or retail area. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Depending on your size you could need more than one case Lead time 10 days made to order 01256 768178. If you are in a hurry please call as we are a manufacturer. Polypropylene Transport case sizes: 2100mm x 350 x 250mm deep

£530
Premium wall mounted display case for notices

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied ready for wall mounting. This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied ready for wall mounting. This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£230
1m Led lighting track in satin silver finish

Led Display Track Light, this 1m lighting track comes with three 10W led lighting fixtures as standard, ideal for exhibition and retail applications. This is a kit form light track that is supplied ready to wire by yourself, add a cable if you wish us to wire it for you. These Led bulbs are equivalent to a 50w halogen. These units have 360 degree rotation with 180 degree tilt on the bracket. Bulbs use a mirror finished reflector with anti glare for visual comfort and 44 degree beam angle - 690 lumens. This track light is non dimmable and comes in a choice of satin silver finish or white. We can offer both warm and cool white light output with this track lighting fixture. Please see selection menu below 3 days supply time is standard, call on 01256 768178 for more information on track lighting set up.

Led Display Track Light, this 1m lighting track comes with three 10W led lighting fixtures as standard, ideal for exhibition and retail applications. This is a kit form light track that is supplied ready to wire by yourself, add a cable if you wish us to wire it for you. These Led bulbs are equivalent to a 50w halogen. These units have 360 degree rotation with 180 degree tilt on the bracket. Bulbs use a mirror finished reflector with anti glare for visual comfort and 44 degree beam angle - 690 lumens. This track light is non dimmable and comes in a choice of satin silver finish or white. We can offer both warm and cool white light output with this track lighting fixture. Please see selection menu below 3 days supply time is standard, call on 01256 768178 for more information on track lighting set up.

£132
LED Spot

COK80 Silver Beam Hi Powered Spotlight. 80W LED This directional LED display light needs to be mounted shining down from 3-4 Meters or more, it is very bright, very powerful. The option to select the colour temperature by switches means you can change the light output mood from white cool to warm light this makes the unit perfect for products from clothes, jewellery or as high tech key lighting One example to light a car to suit the colour or style of the vehicle on show, so next week it can be cool or white! 3000-6000K Beam Angle 24 degrees AC/DC 85-265V 80W Barn doors included Unit Dimensions 280x160mm Colour settings for, cool, warm, daylight. Ideal for use at exhibitions, trade show events, showrooms and retail outlets.

COK80 Silver Beam Hi Powered Spotlight. 80W LED This directional LED display light needs to be mounted shining down from 3-4 Meters or more, it is very bright, very powerful. The option to select the colour temperature by switches means you can change the light output mood from white cool to warm light this makes the unit perfect for products from clothes, jewellery or as high tech key lighting One example to light a car to suit the colour or style of the vehicle on show, so next week it can be cool or white! 3000-6000K Beam Angle 24 degrees AC/DC 85-265V 80W Barn doors included Unit Dimensions 280x160mm Colour settings for, cool, warm, daylight. Ideal for use at exhibitions, trade show events, showrooms and retail outlets.

£120
Premium wall mounted display case for notices

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied ready for wall mounting. This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied ready for wall mounting. This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£230
Custom wall mounted light box in factory

GL100 Back Lit LED Super bright top quality indoor light boxes with dye sublimation or UV printed graphic included. 1x1M starter option with drop menu size options, we make them here to your custom sizes. Stretch Tension fabric light boxes when high impact display is required a variety of display uses exhibitions shop windows and showrooms, the 100mm deep profile is for used single sided graphics backlit with a high level of diffusion. The unit options are ready priced with a single sided graphic Ready for wall mounting but can also be hung, note:we have other profiles available for freestanding and double sided light boxes These are the next generation of large LED display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail shop and interior design. We offer some standard sizes but, we manufacture the units on site to order, so any custom size is possible by quotation. Please also see our GL180 Boxes for freestanding or double sided impact Each unit comes with a back lit fabric graphics with silicone beading edge, this means its easy to replace or update. Smart aluminium 100mm wide profile can be supplied in bespoke colours at extra cost Led powered back lights super bright result with integral transformer. 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 100mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. These units are supplied in modular sections depending on the light box ordered and require assembly. The backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with only a simple key tool. A backing board is supplied which may be in sections depending on your chosen size. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. Expect a 1 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178. CUSTOM SIZES possible standard options below

GL100 Back Lit LED Super bright top quality indoor light boxes with dye sublimation or UV printed graphic included. 1x1M starter option with drop menu size options, we make them here to your custom sizes. Stretch Tension fabric light boxes when high impact display is required a variety of display uses exhibitions shop windows and showrooms, the 100mm deep profile is for used single sided graphics backlit with a high level of diffusion. The unit options are ready priced with a single sided graphic Ready for wall mounting but can also be hung, note:we have other profiles available for freestanding and double sided light boxes These are the next generation of large LED display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail shop and interior design. We offer some standard sizes but, we manufacture the units on site to order, so any custom size is possible by quotation. Please also see our GL180 Boxes for freestanding or double sided impact Each unit comes with a back lit fabric graphics with silicone beading edge, this means its easy to replace or update. Smart aluminium 100mm wide profile can be supplied in bespoke colours at extra cost Led powered back lights super bright result with integral transformer. 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 100mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. These units are supplied in modular sections depending on the light box ordered and require assembly. The backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with only a simple key tool. A backing board is supplied which may be in sections depending on your chosen size. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. Expect a 1 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178. CUSTOM SIZES possible standard options below

£400
Custom wall mounted light box in factory

GL100 Back Lit LED Super bright top quality indoor light boxes with dye sublimation or UV printed graphic included. 1x1M starter option with drop menu size options, we make them here to your custom sizes. Stretch Tension fabric light boxes when high impact display is required a variety of display uses exhibitions shop windows and showrooms, the 100mm deep profile is for used single sided graphics backlit with a high level of diffusion. The unit options are ready priced with a single sided graphic Ready for wall mounting but can also be hung, note:we have other profiles available for freestanding and double sided light boxes These are the next generation of large LED display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail shop and interior design. We offer some standard sizes but, we manufacture the units on site to order, so any custom size is possible by quotation. Please also see our GL180 Boxes for freestanding or double sided impact Each unit comes with a back lit fabric graphics with silicone beading edge, this means its easy to replace or update. Smart aluminium 100mm wide profile can be supplied in bespoke colours at extra cost Led powered back lights super bright result with integral transformer. 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 100mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. These units are supplied in modular sections depending on the light box ordered and require assembly. The backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with only a simple key tool. A backing board is supplied which may be in sections depending on your chosen size. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. Expect a 1 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178. CUSTOM SIZES possible standard options below

GL100 Back Lit LED Super bright top quality indoor light boxes with dye sublimation or UV printed graphic included. 1x1M starter option with drop menu size options, we make them here to your custom sizes. Stretch Tension fabric light boxes when high impact display is required a variety of display uses exhibitions shop windows and showrooms, the 100mm deep profile is for used single sided graphics backlit with a high level of diffusion. The unit options are ready priced with a single sided graphic Ready for wall mounting but can also be hung, note:we have other profiles available for freestanding and double sided light boxes These are the next generation of large LED display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail shop and interior design. We offer some standard sizes but, we manufacture the units on site to order, so any custom size is possible by quotation. Please also see our GL180 Boxes for freestanding or double sided impact Each unit comes with a back lit fabric graphics with silicone beading edge, this means its easy to replace or update. Smart aluminium 100mm wide profile can be supplied in bespoke colours at extra cost Led powered back lights super bright result with integral transformer. 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 100mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. These units are supplied in modular sections depending on the light box ordered and require assembly. The backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with only a simple key tool. A backing board is supplied which may be in sections depending on your chosen size. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. Expect a 1 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178. CUSTOM SIZES possible standard options below

£400
Custom wall mounted light box in factory

GL100 Back Lit LED Super bright top quality indoor light boxes with dye sublimation or UV printed graphic included. 1x1M starter option with drop menu size options, we make them here to your custom sizes. Stretch Tension fabric light boxes when high impact display is required a variety of display uses exhibitions shop windows and showrooms, the 100mm deep profile is for used single sided graphics backlit with a high level of diffusion. The unit options are ready priced with a single sided graphic Ready for wall mounting but can also be hung, note:we have other profiles available for freestanding and double sided light boxes These are the next generation of large LED display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail shop and interior design. We offer some standard sizes but, we manufacture the units on site to order, so any custom size is possible by quotation. Please also see our GL180 Boxes for freestanding or double sided impact Each unit comes with a back lit fabric graphics with silicone beading edge, this means its easy to replace or update. Smart aluminium 100mm wide profile can be supplied in bespoke colours at extra cost Led powered back lights super bright result with integral transformer. 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 100mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. These units are supplied in modular sections depending on the light box ordered and require assembly. The backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with only a simple key tool. A backing board is supplied which may be in sections depending on your chosen size. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. Expect a 1 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178. CUSTOM SIZES possible standard options below

GL100 Back Lit LED Super bright top quality indoor light boxes with dye sublimation or UV printed graphic included. 1x1M starter option with drop menu size options, we make them here to your custom sizes. Stretch Tension fabric light boxes when high impact display is required a variety of display uses exhibitions shop windows and showrooms, the 100mm deep profile is for used single sided graphics backlit with a high level of diffusion. The unit options are ready priced with a single sided graphic Ready for wall mounting but can also be hung, note:we have other profiles available for freestanding and double sided light boxes These are the next generation of large LED display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail shop and interior design. We offer some standard sizes but, we manufacture the units on site to order, so any custom size is possible by quotation. Please also see our GL180 Boxes for freestanding or double sided impact Each unit comes with a back lit fabric graphics with silicone beading edge, this means its easy to replace or update. Smart aluminium 100mm wide profile can be supplied in bespoke colours at extra cost Led powered back lights super bright result with integral transformer. 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 100mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. These units are supplied in modular sections depending on the light box ordered and require assembly. The backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with only a simple key tool. A backing board is supplied which may be in sections depending on your chosen size. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. Expect a 1 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178. CUSTOM SIZES possible standard options below

£400
Poster display case with posts

Premium 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with posts This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with posts This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£320
Custom wall mounted light box in factory

GL100 Back Lit LED Super bright top quality indoor light boxes with dye sublimation or UV printed graphic included. 1x1M starter option with drop menu size options, we make them here to your custom sizes. Stretch Tension fabric light boxes when high impact display is required a variety of display uses exhibitions shop windows and showrooms, the 100mm deep profile is for used single sided graphics backlit with a high level of diffusion. The unit options are ready priced with a single sided graphic Ready for wall mounting but can also be hung, note:we have other profiles available for freestanding and double sided light boxes These are the next generation of large LED display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail shop and interior design. We offer some standard sizes but, we manufacture the units on site to order, so any custom size is possible by quotation. Please also see our GL180 Boxes for freestanding or double sided impact Each unit comes with a back lit fabric graphics with silicone beading edge, this means its easy to replace or update. Smart aluminium 100mm wide profile can be supplied in bespoke colours at extra cost Led powered back lights super bright result with integral transformer. 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 100mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. These units are supplied in modular sections depending on the light box ordered and require assembly. The backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with only a simple key tool. A backing board is supplied which may be in sections depending on your chosen size. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. Expect a 1 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178. CUSTOM SIZES possible standard options below

GL100 Back Lit LED Super bright top quality indoor light boxes with dye sublimation or UV printed graphic included. 1x1M starter option with drop menu size options, we make them here to your custom sizes. Stretch Tension fabric light boxes when high impact display is required a variety of display uses exhibitions shop windows and showrooms, the 100mm deep profile is for used single sided graphics backlit with a high level of diffusion. The unit options are ready priced with a single sided graphic Ready for wall mounting but can also be hung, note:we have other profiles available for freestanding and double sided light boxes These are the next generation of large LED display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail shop and interior design. We offer some standard sizes but, we manufacture the units on site to order, so any custom size is possible by quotation. Please also see our GL180 Boxes for freestanding or double sided impact Each unit comes with a back lit fabric graphics with silicone beading edge, this means its easy to replace or update. Smart aluminium 100mm wide profile can be supplied in bespoke colours at extra cost Led powered back lights super bright result with integral transformer. 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 100mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. These units are supplied in modular sections depending on the light box ordered and require assembly. The backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with only a simple key tool. A backing board is supplied which may be in sections depending on your chosen size. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. Expect a 1 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178. CUSTOM SIZES possible standard options below

£400
Clanzia track light in silver colour

Clanzia lighting track Fitting, available with 50 watt halogen or 5w Led bulb to best suit your application, with a choice of colours, black, white or silver. These small track light fixtures are ideal for retail, display and exhibition uses. This little spot light has a 360 degree rotation, tilt angle of 90 degrees on the head.

Clanzia lighting track Fitting, available with 50 watt halogen or 5w Led bulb to best suit your application, with a choice of colours, black, white or silver. These small track light fixtures are ideal for retail, display and exhibition uses. This little spot light has a 360 degree rotation, tilt angle of 90 degrees on the head.

£28
Turntable display unit CSWD100

Mains powered turntable motor unit for rotating items for display purposes, This unit will rotate up to 10 Kilos based on a flat concentric load, please ask for our advice regarding size of display.The standard unit rotates at 2.5 times per minute clockwise when ceiling mounted this will appear anti-clockwise. 124mm diameter turning plate with 130mm base, 75mm high. 2 metre mains lead with standard UK plug. The units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

Mains powered turntable motor unit for rotating items for display purposes, This unit will rotate up to 10 Kilos based on a flat concentric load, please ask for our advice regarding size of display.The standard unit rotates at 2.5 times per minute clockwise when ceiling mounted this will appear anti-clockwise. 124mm diameter turning plate with 130mm base, 75mm high. 2 metre mains lead with standard UK plug. The units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

£142
Start line bridge

50mm Trio gantry starting bridge This image shows a 6m x 2.5m x 4m high configuration but, System 50 Trio aluminium structure components can of course easily be re configured to create a different sized star line or even an exhibition stand. All Coker Expo lighting truss components are Tuv rated, this is a very highly respected European standard certificate. A good sized outdoor event race start line, finish line, in our system 50 trio truss. We would suggest that with outdoor banners in windy conditions mesh pvc is advisable to allow some wind pressure to flow through the media. Expect 2 - 3 men to be required to set up this race start line however only a mallet is required, no spanners to erect this fast assembly precession system. This truss system utilises spigot and pin with a solid conical fitting precisely into machined ends sockets on the gantry sections, this facilitates the quick set up and take down with unparalleled rigidity and strength. The longest section in this particular build is a 2M beam, this is for ease of transport and compact storage. We can use shorter or longer sections dependant on customer needs and budgets. 6M Wide 4M High Stable Bridge Rapid Errection Perfect For Advertising Banner Stand Lighting stand Overall dimensions are 6m x 4m high and the support legs extend 2.5m from front to rear. Please bear in mind that additional weighting down and or guy roping may be required depending on the weather conditions and the surface it is standing up upon. Price is not including banners or lighting which are also available from Coker Expo 01256 766234

50mm Trio gantry starting bridge This image shows a 6m x 2.5m x 4m high configuration but, System 50 Trio aluminium structure components can of course easily be re configured to create a different sized star line or even an exhibition stand. All Coker Expo lighting truss components are Tuv rated, this is a very highly respected European standard certificate. A good sized outdoor event race start line, finish line, in our system 50 trio truss. We would suggest that with outdoor banners in windy conditions mesh pvc is advisable to allow some wind pressure to flow through the media. Expect 2 - 3 men to be required to set up this race start line however only a mallet is required, no spanners to erect this fast assembly precession system. This truss system utilises spigot and pin with a solid conical fitting precisely into machined ends sockets on the gantry sections, this facilitates the quick set up and take down with unparalleled rigidity and strength. The longest section in this particular build is a 2M beam, this is for ease of transport and compact storage. We can use shorter or longer sections dependant on customer needs and budgets. 6M Wide 4M High Stable Bridge Rapid Errection Perfect For Advertising Banner Stand Lighting stand Overall dimensions are 6m x 4m high and the support legs extend 2.5m from front to rear. Please bear in mind that additional weighting down and or guy roping may be required depending on the weather conditions and the surface it is standing up upon. Price is not including banners or lighting which are also available from Coker Expo 01256 766234

£3,322
Poster display case with posts

Premium 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with posts This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with posts This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£320
Aero Plus banner system 3 displays

Aero plus banner display system, an innovative modular cassette roller banner system, which can be assembled in many configurations to make an easy way to create a backdrop, screen off and area or make a divide. The core system comprises of two adjustable posts and a roller banner cassette, graphics retract into the body of the cassette for protection whist in transport or storage. Various banner media’s can be used but the standard is rollable pvc. Additional telescopic posts and banners can be added to extend the system to any size or shape you might require for your event. This roller banner system really does allow you to create a simple back drop or display wall very quickly. Another solution to make a simple booth or define a display floor area with a portable wall. Banner cassettes can mounted at eight principle points, radiating from the post hub. Banner and posts can be adjusted for 11 different graphic configurations and the rails are available in three different widths, 1m – 1.5m and 2m, so adaptability is huge. Made from aluminium to keep weight down and supplied in a padded carry bag. As this is a cassette banner system, you could have various promotions or products on a number of cassettes and use as is appropriate for each event or promotion. The angular feature of this display system allows floor sizes from 2065mm to 4430mm to be covered depending on the roller banner widths chosen. Three Banner display heights can be achieved thanks to the telescopic nature of the support poles, 2120mm, 1620mm and 1145mm high. Price shown for 1 unit at 1500mm wide and 2 at 1000mm wide. Available in 1000mm, 1500mm and 2000mm widths Linkable Adjustable telescopic post with streamlined fold out foot Tension the cassette banner with coin or screwdriver Secure rail hook Versatile graphic options Anodised finish Optional lighting Optional shelf Optional ipad holder

Aero plus banner display system, an innovative modular cassette roller banner system, which can be assembled in many configurations to make an easy way to create a backdrop, screen off and area or make a divide. The core system comprises of two adjustable posts and a roller banner cassette, graphics retract into the body of the cassette for protection whist in transport or storage. Various banner media’s can be used but the standard is rollable pvc. Additional telescopic posts and banners can be added to extend the system to any size or shape you might require for your event. This roller banner system really does allow you to create a simple back drop or display wall very quickly. Another solution to make a simple booth or define a display floor area with a portable wall. Banner cassettes can mounted at eight principle points, radiating from the post hub. Banner and posts can be adjusted for 11 different graphic configurations and the rails are available in three different widths, 1m – 1.5m and 2m, so adaptability is huge. Made from aluminium to keep weight down and supplied in a padded carry bag. As this is a cassette banner system, you could have various promotions or products on a number of cassettes and use as is appropriate for each event or promotion. The angular feature of this display system allows floor sizes from 2065mm to 4430mm to be covered depending on the roller banner widths chosen. Three Banner display heights can be achieved thanks to the telescopic nature of the support poles, 2120mm, 1620mm and 1145mm high. Price shown for 1 unit at 1500mm wide and 2 at 1000mm wide. Available in 1000mm, 1500mm and 2000mm widths Linkable Adjustable telescopic post with streamlined fold out foot Tension the cassette banner with coin or screwdriver Secure rail hook Versatile graphic options Anodised finish Optional lighting Optional shelf Optional ipad holder

£600
poster display case with posts in blue

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with matching coloured posts. This is our 58mm profile range it is slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with matching coloured posts. This is our 58mm profile range it is slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£400
Exhibition counter foldable with graphics and locking door

A high quality Folding aluminium exhibition counter with smart white top, 25kg spread load carrying capability on the counter top. This unit has a mid shelf included. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 772mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. With the addition of your own branding these counters are taken to another promotional level. Please have a look at the PDF detail for production of graphics and sizes of panels Optional Extras: Graphic panels Sliding Locking doors Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of height

A high quality Folding aluminium exhibition counter with smart white top, 25kg spread load carrying capability on the counter top. This unit has a mid shelf included. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 772mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. With the addition of your own branding these counters are taken to another promotional level. Please have a look at the PDF detail for production of graphics and sizes of panels Optional Extras: Graphic panels Sliding Locking doors Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of height

£300
poster display case with posts in blue

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with matching coloured posts. This is our 58mm profile range it is slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with matching coloured posts. This is our 58mm profile range it is slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£400
Zala 50w halogen track light

The Zala track light fitting comes with a 5w Led bulb, that equal to 50w in halogen but without the heat output and a very long life span.The units are available in a choice of colours, Silver or White. Each fitting plugs straight into the track and are locked into position by twisting the round dial at the base. The Units must be inserted into the track correctly to allow correct locking and power connections. There is also an option to add a ring fitting to enclose the bulb should you prefer this look.

The Zala track light fitting comes with a 5w Led bulb, that equal to 50w in halogen but without the heat output and a very long life span.The units are available in a choice of colours, Silver or White. Each fitting plugs straight into the track and are locked into position by twisting the round dial at the base. The Units must be inserted into the track correctly to allow correct locking and power connections. There is also an option to add a ring fitting to enclose the bulb should you prefer this look.

£30
Hanging exhibition banners

Hanging exhibition banners, this large wedge shape hanging exhibition banner provides three large faces with which to create an attention grabbing tension fabric graphic that can be displayed high above your exhibition stands at any event. Suspended from any venue ceiling structure that will allow the cables or wires to be securely fixed. • Tool free assembly • Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening • With hanging loops to enable the structure to suspend from ceiling The dimensions for this Triangle Hanging Structure are 4.3m - 1067 x 4267 x 4267mm (3 hanging points) If you have a need for a custom size we can produce this to, allow us to quote. Production times are 1 week in house.

Hanging exhibition banners, this large wedge shape hanging exhibition banner provides three large faces with which to create an attention grabbing tension fabric graphic that can be displayed high above your exhibition stands at any event. Suspended from any venue ceiling structure that will allow the cables or wires to be securely fixed. • Tool free assembly • Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening • With hanging loops to enable the structure to suspend from ceiling The dimensions for this Triangle Hanging Structure are 4.3m - 1067 x 4267 x 4267mm (3 hanging points) If you have a need for a custom size we can produce this to, allow us to quote. Production times are 1 week in house.

£1,525
Lighting truss house design

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long.This display is suitable not only at exhibition centres but inside large retail stores and shopping centres. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, suitable for temporary or long term permanent display, this product is built to last. Not only very eye catching stand but also providing a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics. Coker expo can also provide banners and lighting for your display stand. Call 01256 766234

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long.This display is suitable not only at exhibition centres but inside large retail stores and shopping centres. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, suitable for temporary or long term permanent display, this product is built to last. Not only very eye catching stand but also providing a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics. Coker expo can also provide banners and lighting for your display stand. Call 01256 766234

£2,700
Lighting truss house design

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long.This display is suitable not only at exhibition centres but inside large retail stores and shopping centres. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, suitable for temporary or long term permanent display, this product is built to last. Not only very eye catching stand but also providing a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics. Coker expo can also provide banners and lighting for your display stand. Call 01256 766234

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long.This display is suitable not only at exhibition centres but inside large retail stores and shopping centres. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, suitable for temporary or long term permanent display, this product is built to last. Not only very eye catching stand but also providing a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics. Coker expo can also provide banners and lighting for your display stand. Call 01256 766234

£2,700
Lighting truss house design

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long.This display is suitable not only at exhibition centres but inside large retail stores and shopping centres. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, suitable for temporary or long term permanent display, this product is built to last. Not only very eye catching stand but also providing a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics. Coker expo can also provide banners and lighting for your display stand. Call 01256 766234

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long.This display is suitable not only at exhibition centres but inside large retail stores and shopping centres. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, suitable for temporary or long term permanent display, this product is built to last. Not only very eye catching stand but also providing a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics. Coker expo can also provide banners and lighting for your display stand. Call 01256 766234

£2,700
Alpha folding promotion counter with shelf and graphics

Alpha promotions display counter. Available in black or white. 905mm High x 790mm wide. The unit is supplied with one shelf. Graphic Panel Sizes Front Graphic size is 826mm (arc width) x 860mm visual height including 35mm hidden under the counter top The 40mm feet do not have graphic covering Side panels 860mm high x 480mm wide. Please note when making the artwork the slot in the side for the shelf detailed on the downloadable PDF if required. Unit Weight, 9 Kilos.

Alpha promotions display counter. Available in black or white. 905mm High x 790mm wide. The unit is supplied with one shelf. Graphic Panel Sizes Front Graphic size is 826mm (arc width) x 860mm visual height including 35mm hidden under the counter top The 40mm feet do not have graphic covering Side panels 860mm high x 480mm wide. Please note when making the artwork the slot in the side for the shelf detailed on the downloadable PDF if required. Unit Weight, 9 Kilos.

£90
C1 Lighting Truss Stand

This is System 35 Lighting Truss kit showing you that you can build a fantastic display stand for less than £2000 Its true that does not include your flooring, lights and banners but, its a very interesting self build aluminium tri-tube gantry stand that can! Once you have 4 legs with a gantry stand you can go on to bigger and better shows this is super flexible its so easy to change the height and stand size for each show. This is the building block for everything lights banners action! This Example is 5x4 Metres and 2.5 Metres high Build time is about 30-40 minutes ideally with two people and you only need a nylon mallet. We can print your banners to fit and have full lighting solutions plus clamps all on this site or call us for help 01256 766234

This is System 35 Lighting Truss kit showing you that you can build a fantastic display stand for less than £2000 Its true that does not include your flooring, lights and banners but, its a very interesting self build aluminium tri-tube gantry stand that can! Once you have 4 legs with a gantry stand you can go on to bigger and better shows this is super flexible its so easy to change the height and stand size for each show. This is the building block for everything lights banners action! This Example is 5x4 Metres and 2.5 Metres high Build time is about 30-40 minutes ideally with two people and you only need a nylon mallet. We can print your banners to fit and have full lighting solutions plus clamps all on this site or call us for help 01256 766234

£1,740
Chrome 20w Led theatrical style display light with hasp.

White flood light, polished aluminium, LED only 17Ws ideal for exhibition lighting plus shops receptions and warehouse and at home in the kitchen, lounge or coffee shop. Need stylish lighting with a theatrical theme? Very efficient light source. Nice and bright! Theatre style Flood light with the advantages of white light LED technology. This is the next unit up on the GL100 lighting fixture and comes complete with 15W LED lamp 4000K white, equal to 120W halogen. Non dimmable 60° beam. This stylish unit measures 19cm deep x 20cm high and 18cm wide. Ideal for use with gantry and lighting truss systems at exhibitions and trade shows. This lamp unit comes with short mains lead and bare end, it can also be fitted with a daisy lead plug (see the options below) ready for our multi-light plug and play daisy cable system. The use of coloured gels is also possible and the unit is supplied with a gel holder. Barn doors available extra. Any questions or advice for event lighting please call our specialists on 01256 768178

White flood light, polished aluminium, LED only 17Ws ideal for exhibition lighting plus shops receptions and warehouse and at home in the kitchen, lounge or coffee shop. Need stylish lighting with a theatrical theme? Very efficient light source. Nice and bright! Theatre style Flood light with the advantages of white light LED technology. This is the next unit up on the GL100 lighting fixture and comes complete with 15W LED lamp 4000K white, equal to 120W halogen. Non dimmable 60° beam. This stylish unit measures 19cm deep x 20cm high and 18cm wide. Ideal for use with gantry and lighting truss systems at exhibitions and trade shows. This lamp unit comes with short mains lead and bare end, it can also be fitted with a daisy lead plug (see the options below) ready for our multi-light plug and play daisy cable system. The use of coloured gels is also possible and the unit is supplied with a gel holder. Barn doors available extra. Any questions or advice for event lighting please call our specialists on 01256 768178

£75
Branded budget display plinth set.

The plastic Budget Display Plinth is tough and durable and is available in two heights 895mm and 45cm high. Each display plinth body is 47.5cm diameter. The Budget Display Plinth is the ideal option if you are constrained by budget and wish to enhance your display with a graphic pedestal or podium. After all not all exhibitions and events warrant huge cost outlay on display product. These portable display plinth units arrive flat packed with the graphic wrap in a sturdy tube. Set up is really very easy and only takes a few moments. Carry bags are available as optional extras. This product is now available with an ipad tablet fitting top if required too. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

The plastic Budget Display Plinth is tough and durable and is available in two heights 895mm and 45cm high. Each display plinth body is 47.5cm diameter. The Budget Display Plinth is the ideal option if you are constrained by budget and wish to enhance your display with a graphic pedestal or podium. After all not all exhibitions and events warrant huge cost outlay on display product. These portable display plinth units arrive flat packed with the graphic wrap in a sturdy tube. Set up is really very easy and only takes a few moments. Carry bags are available as optional extras. This product is now available with an ipad tablet fitting top if required too. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£90
A right angle back wall exhibition stand

Vector exhibition stand - kit 4 has proportions of 2070mm high x 3M x 3M wide, ideal for many exhibitions where a right or left angled back wall is required to define your floor area. This freestanding corner exhibition stand is designed to be used with the latest printing methods, the display is fitted with soft stretch fabric graphics. These fabric banners are held in tension to the frame with a special silicone bead sewn to each edge. It just takes a little thumb pressure to push fit the bead in to the aluminium profile, hey presto a finished exhibition stand to be proud of. Vector display stands are light weight being made of aluminium, easy to store and transport as they are in sensible section lengths. Only an allen key tool is required to assemble a system as this. Additional frames can also be added at a latter date to enlarge or change the shape of this standard setup. Note that accessories are not included. Yes we can make this design to your custom stand size, ask for a quote 01256 768178

Vector exhibition stand - kit 4 has proportions of 2070mm high x 3M x 3M wide, ideal for many exhibitions where a right or left angled back wall is required to define your floor area. This freestanding corner exhibition stand is designed to be used with the latest printing methods, the display is fitted with soft stretch fabric graphics. These fabric banners are held in tension to the frame with a special silicone bead sewn to each edge. It just takes a little thumb pressure to push fit the bead in to the aluminium profile, hey presto a finished exhibition stand to be proud of. Vector display stands are light weight being made of aluminium, easy to store and transport as they are in sensible section lengths. Only an allen key tool is required to assemble a system as this. Additional frames can also be added at a latter date to enlarge or change the shape of this standard setup. Note that accessories are not included. Yes we can make this design to your custom stand size, ask for a quote 01256 768178

£1,096
Exhibition truss with raised display area

This build is for a floor area of 3M x 3M. This gantry exhibition stand has the following dimensions, 3 x 3 x 2.5 / 3.4M high. With the addition of a simple 3 way truss junction we can send an arm up and over the main gantry frame work. This creates a great frame work to surround a publicity banner high up at any event or exhibition. 35mm diameter tube with a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system. Our sample design can be altered with ease to fit any floor area that you may need, ask for a quote.

This build is for a floor area of 3M x 3M. This gantry exhibition stand has the following dimensions, 3 x 3 x 2.5 / 3.4M high. With the addition of a simple 3 way truss junction we can send an arm up and over the main gantry frame work. This creates a great frame work to surround a publicity banner high up at any event or exhibition. 35mm diameter tube with a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system. Our sample design can be altered with ease to fit any floor area that you may need, ask for a quote.

£2,344
Lectern host counter

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lectern too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Approx 8kgs. Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lectern too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Approx 8kgs. Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£140
Turbo exhibition transport cases

A handy storage and transport solution for an exhibition stand and especially an exhibition gantry or lighting truss system. A wheeled packing case makes life a little easier at any event or trade show. Our Turbo transit cases can be built to any size required, call for details and costings. The sizes given are internal, polyethylene coated cases with plywood structure, 5mm soft foam lined sides and lid, with a strap on lid. Cases are fitted with protective corners and heavy duty, steering and locking wheels. Units are made to order and the production time is about 2 weeks. We can also make a transport case to a custom size by quotation, 01256 768178.

A handy storage and transport solution for an exhibition stand and especially an exhibition gantry or lighting truss system. A wheeled packing case makes life a little easier at any event or trade show. Our Turbo transit cases can be built to any size required, call for details and costings. The sizes given are internal, polyethylene coated cases with plywood structure, 5mm soft foam lined sides and lid, with a strap on lid. Cases are fitted with protective corners and heavy duty, steering and locking wheels. Units are made to order and the production time is about 2 weeks. We can also make a transport case to a custom size by quotation, 01256 768178.

£332
Exhibition truss with raised display area

This build is for a floor area of 3M x 3M. This gantry exhibition stand has the following dimensions, 3 x 3 x 2.5 / 3.4M high. With the addition of a simple 3 way truss junction we can send an arm up and over the main gantry frame work. This creates a great frame work to surround a publicity banner high up at any event or exhibition. 35mm diameter tube with a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system. Our sample design can be altered with ease to fit any floor area that you may need, ask for a quote.

This build is for a floor area of 3M x 3M. This gantry exhibition stand has the following dimensions, 3 x 3 x 2.5 / 3.4M high. With the addition of a simple 3 way truss junction we can send an arm up and over the main gantry frame work. This creates a great frame work to surround a publicity banner high up at any event or exhibition. 35mm diameter tube with a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system. Our sample design can be altered with ease to fit any floor area that you may need, ask for a quote.

£2,344
Tall plinth

Triangular display plinth white or with graphic branding All white or branded triangular display plinths in a very stylish triangular stye, Units can be supplied with or without graphics. Each side panel is has a visual size for graphics of 380mm wide x the height selected below (less 48mm) The side panels are 3mm thick aluminium covered polypropylene and are simply slotted 10mm into the 24mm thick plastic top and base so transport and assembly is as simple as it could be, The design makes this display system highly portable and functional The units are suitable for loads of 10 Kilos. Manufactured by Coker Expo

Triangular display plinth white or with graphic branding All white or branded triangular display plinths in a very stylish triangular stye, Units can be supplied with or without graphics. Each side panel is has a visual size for graphics of 380mm wide x the height selected below (less 48mm) The side panels are 3mm thick aluminium covered polypropylene and are simply slotted 10mm into the 24mm thick plastic top and base so transport and assembly is as simple as it could be, The design makes this display system highly portable and functional The units are suitable for loads of 10 Kilos. Manufactured by Coker Expo

£200
Leonardo compact, wheeled transit case, black

The Leonardo wheeled transit case is a small, compact storage drum for graphics and small exhibition, display system parts. You can also use this handy exhibition graphics case as a podium or counter by adding a smart table top and a graphic wrap to brand it with your company name or a suitable product to your presentation. The wrap size is 1230mm x 770mm high ( visible area ). Manufactured from tough moulded polyethylene (MDPE) External dims of 935mm (h) x 340 (w) x 275mm (d) Internal size 850mm (h) x 355mm (w) x 280mm (d) Wheels and handle for easy transportation 0.1m3 carry capacity Case can be locked using padlocks (not supplied) Can serve as a display counter - supporting a graphic wrap Two Leonardo’s can be joined together to serve as an oval shaped display counter.

The Leonardo wheeled transit case is a small, compact storage drum for graphics and small exhibition, display system parts. You can also use this handy exhibition graphics case as a podium or counter by adding a smart table top and a graphic wrap to brand it with your company name or a suitable product to your presentation. The wrap size is 1230mm x 770mm high ( visible area ). Manufactured from tough moulded polyethylene (MDPE) External dims of 935mm (h) x 340 (w) x 275mm (d) Internal size 850mm (h) x 355mm (w) x 280mm (d) Wheels and handle for easy transportation 0.1m3 carry capacity Case can be locked using padlocks (not supplied) Can serve as a display counter - supporting a graphic wrap Two Leonardo’s can be joined together to serve as an oval shaped display counter.

£99
Linking wall flood light for exhibitions and shows

Linking display Light 35W The LL35 is a powerful LED display light 35 Watts and 3500 Lumens. Fitted with a swivel and tilt head down lighter with a 500mm long arm for graphics and walls perfect for museums, showrooms and exhibition lighting. The LL35 has in and out power sockets and so units can be easily daisy chained together, this makes simple problem free and fast wiring to just one power socket. A range of quick fittings are available too, Octonorm slot fixing, top of wall bracket and a super silver screw clamp for wall and tubes op to 50mm thick. 35W 4000°K CCT 100-240VAC 16 LEDs Flux 3300-3500Lm Power cord 1.5M with UK plug Link up to 8 units together Variety of clamp fittings Swivel head Unit dead weight is 0.76 Kilos Optional link leads ranging from 0.5 - 5 metres. (Maximum 8 per circuit) Mini Screw clamp up to 17mm Suitable for the USA.

Linking display Light 35W The LL35 is a powerful LED display light 35 Watts and 3500 Lumens. Fitted with a swivel and tilt head down lighter with a 500mm long arm for graphics and walls perfect for museums, showrooms and exhibition lighting. The LL35 has in and out power sockets and so units can be easily daisy chained together, this makes simple problem free and fast wiring to just one power socket. A range of quick fittings are available too, Octonorm slot fixing, top of wall bracket and a super silver screw clamp for wall and tubes op to 50mm thick. 35W 4000°K CCT 100-240VAC 16 LEDs Flux 3300-3500Lm Power cord 1.5M with UK plug Link up to 8 units together Variety of clamp fittings Swivel head Unit dead weight is 0.76 Kilos Optional link leads ranging from 0.5 - 5 metres. (Maximum 8 per circuit) Mini Screw clamp up to 17mm Suitable for the USA.

£77
Promotional display backdrop

Complete Exhibition Stand at the right price Both the banner stand and the counter collapse down for easy transportation A 2.9 Metre wide roller banner stand 2.4M high complete with tough PVC banner + carry bag, bear in mind this is a monster Banner stand with a 3 Metre wide base unit, the graphic is supported by four poles and it will require two people to erect the display however this operation is very quick and gives maximum impact, just like that! The stand is from our Hampshire range and the counter is a "Graphique" exhibition desk. The unit has a choice of top colours and comes complete with a velcro attached aluminium door on the back together with a fully branded graphic printed and laminated to a thick Melinex plastic to create the counter body. It is easy to put together from the flat pack box and its possible to store literature etc inside during the venu. Call for more details 01256 768178

Complete Exhibition Stand at the right price Both the banner stand and the counter collapse down for easy transportation A 2.9 Metre wide roller banner stand 2.4M high complete with tough PVC banner + carry bag, bear in mind this is a monster Banner stand with a 3 Metre wide base unit, the graphic is supported by four poles and it will require two people to erect the display however this operation is very quick and gives maximum impact, just like that! The stand is from our Hampshire range and the counter is a "Graphique" exhibition desk. The unit has a choice of top colours and comes complete with a velcro attached aluminium door on the back together with a fully branded graphic printed and laminated to a thick Melinex plastic to create the counter body. It is easy to put together from the flat pack box and its possible to store literature etc inside during the venu. Call for more details 01256 768178

£695
Exhibition back wall in trussing.

A Trio goal post or portal style build with dimensions of 2.5m high x 3m wide. This style of display truss build MUST be bolted into the floor or exhibiting platform to maintain stability. 35mm diameter tube with our spigot and pin quick set up and connection system. Consider hanging lights, a Pvc banner or even a high quality 3mm Pvc mounted graphic display on this build and you have an eye catching, cost effective back drop display, call for further info. Supply time for this build is about a week. If you can not bolt this structure into the floor consider our XL base plates, 23 kgs each and 800mm sq.

A Trio goal post or portal style build with dimensions of 2.5m high x 3m wide. This style of display truss build MUST be bolted into the floor or exhibiting platform to maintain stability. 35mm diameter tube with our spigot and pin quick set up and connection system. Consider hanging lights, a Pvc banner or even a high quality 3mm Pvc mounted graphic display on this build and you have an eye catching, cost effective back drop display, call for further info. Supply time for this build is about a week. If you can not bolt this structure into the floor consider our XL base plates, 23 kgs each and 800mm sq.

£700
Wall Washer Led Track Light in white

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even greater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. 3000K is the warmer light normally for cloths displays 4000K is a cooler light for bathroom dsiplays etc. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even greater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. 3000K is the warmer light normally for cloths displays 4000K is a cooler light for bathroom dsiplays etc. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

£112
Lighting truss structure with 6 legs

Six leg design System 35 Lighting truss exhibition stand. Easy to build and store. Fast construction without deflection this modular exhibition stand can be re-built to accommodate. A popular perimeter design in our 32mm diameter decorative trio gantry with dimensions of 8M x 3m x 3m high. This aluminium truss structure use split staged legs for easy build and take down at events. Exhibition gantry stand and exhibition gantry designs, probably one of the best investments possible in display advertising! The product ranges offered will last for years and years and can be re used over and over without loss in presentation add this to the flexibility of reconfigurability and timeless fashion appeal. The aluminium alloy composition of the exhibition gantry gives exceptional strength and load bearing abilities this is backed up with TUV certification which is recognised throughout Europe not only very reassuring but possibly essential. The Coker Expo lighting truss platforms are constructed to be functional stylish and the strong various manufactured lengths can easily be connected in lines or with junctions to create practically any design required. This is a complete system and various clamps are readily available to provide....... Gantry Accessories We also print large format graphics on a range of materials single or double sided. medias offered include PVC canvas and fabrics.

Six leg design System 35 Lighting truss exhibition stand. Easy to build and store. Fast construction without deflection this modular exhibition stand can be re-built to accommodate. A popular perimeter design in our 32mm diameter decorative trio gantry with dimensions of 8M x 3m x 3m high. This aluminium truss structure use split staged legs for easy build and take down at events. Exhibition gantry stand and exhibition gantry designs, probably one of the best investments possible in display advertising! The product ranges offered will last for years and years and can be re used over and over without loss in presentation add this to the flexibility of reconfigurability and timeless fashion appeal. The aluminium alloy composition of the exhibition gantry gives exceptional strength and load bearing abilities this is backed up with TUV certification which is recognised throughout Europe not only very reassuring but possibly essential. The Coker Expo lighting truss platforms are constructed to be functional stylish and the strong various manufactured lengths can easily be connected in lines or with junctions to create practically any design required. This is a complete system and various clamps are readily available to provide....... Gantry Accessories We also print large format graphics on a range of materials single or double sided. medias offered include PVC canvas and fabrics.

£3,500
group of portable display showcases

Display column product details: Innovative multifunctional portable display showcase unit which can be used in a variety of combinations including "fully closed" dual aspect viewing. Featuring ingenious RotrLink post/base and post/post connection. The uniquely shaped 8mm thick "green edge" acyclic shelves supported by chrome adjustable shelf brackets will, each accept 12kg of evenly distributed product load. Generous individual display spaces - 616(w) x 300(d) x 360mm(h) Maximum overall stand dimensions - 868(w) x 380(d) x 2016mm(h) Includes 4 off 3mm Foamex header and base panels for promotional graphic display/corporate information. Supplied with 8 off "glass clear" 2mm polycarbonate infill panels to shield and protect display products. Individual panels can be replaced with printed graphics to create a distinctive visual backdrop. A 4mm hex key and cross head screw driver are supplied for complete assembly. Ship safe durable carton measurements - 2 x 1030(w) x 500(d) x 210mm(h) Gross weight of both cartons 34kg. This display column requires dismantling for transportation and storage. Optional 2 off moulded wheeled trolley cases at extra cost. Product details for optional Carry Case - stylish and durable moulded plastic case with rubber wheels, detachable lid with moulded handle and 3 lockable latches. Convenient side carry handle. White lined tube 254mm dia. x 980mm (holds 4 x 1990mm graphics) Overall dimensions 520(w) x 440(d) x 1130mm(h) Nominal net weight including tube without graphics 8.9kg Optional laminated folding top available in beech or black with padded bag. Converts to counter display with simple application of graphic wrap. Quality assured - 12 months guarantee.

Display column product details: Innovative multifunctional portable display showcase unit which can be used in a variety of combinations including "fully closed" dual aspect viewing. Featuring ingenious RotrLink post/base and post/post connection. The uniquely shaped 8mm thick "green edge" acyclic shelves supported by chrome adjustable shelf brackets will, each accept 12kg of evenly distributed product load. Generous individual display spaces - 616(w) x 300(d) x 360mm(h) Maximum overall stand dimensions - 868(w) x 380(d) x 2016mm(h) Includes 4 off 3mm Foamex header and base panels for promotional graphic display/corporate information. Supplied with 8 off "glass clear" 2mm polycarbonate infill panels to shield and protect display products. Individual panels can be replaced with printed graphics to create a distinctive visual backdrop. A 4mm hex key and cross head screw driver are supplied for complete assembly. Ship safe durable carton measurements - 2 x 1030(w) x 500(d) x 210mm(h) Gross weight of both cartons 34kg. This display column requires dismantling for transportation and storage. Optional 2 off moulded wheeled trolley cases at extra cost. Product details for optional Carry Case - stylish and durable moulded plastic case with rubber wheels, detachable lid with moulded handle and 3 lockable latches. Convenient side carry handle. White lined tube 254mm dia. x 980mm (holds 4 x 1990mm graphics) Overall dimensions 520(w) x 440(d) x 1130mm(h) Nominal net weight including tube without graphics 8.9kg Optional laminated folding top available in beech or black with padded bag. Converts to counter display with simple application of graphic wrap. Quality assured - 12 months guarantee.

£625
5w Led track spotlight in white finish

Codara Led track spotlight supplied with a 5w bulb, smart robust light fixing plugs straight into Coker Epxo single circuit lighting track , perfect solution for jewellery shops showrooms and museums. Long life without heat can easily be fitted into situ This track light fixture has 355degrees rotation with a spot head tilt angle to 90degrees.

Codara Led track spotlight supplied with a 5w bulb, smart robust light fixing plugs straight into Coker Epxo single circuit lighting track , perfect solution for jewellery shops showrooms and museums. Long life without heat can easily be fitted into situ This track light fixture has 355degrees rotation with a spot head tilt angle to 90degrees.

£26
Chrome post and base for rope with base and ball top

Rope and Post is a high quality indoor post and rope barrier system for crowd control. We offer 3 different finishes polished stainless, satin stainless and brass. Each stand is also offered with three different post tops all at at highly competitive prices. The posts all have concrete filled steel bases with full circumference anti-slip rubber floor protectors as standard. The ropes offered separately are available in three ranges- twisted, velour and bespoke "posh English". The twist and velour ropes come in 1.8m lengths and are available in three colours with trigger hook fittings which are offered in gold or chrome finish. Our English ropes are traditionally made and cut to size as required and the range of colours is also larger. We offer all Rope and post barriers on a sliding scale the more you buy the better the price. Coker Expo offer a perfect solution for queue management and crowd control. Posts are available with flat, crown or ball post top finials, the same final height what ever the style and come in a polished stainless steel, satin stainless steel or a polished brass finish. Please note we do offer an extensive range of RopeMaster crown control barriers this range is for indoor use. All of the our products have a three year guarantee. Dimensions: Stanchions are an ideal product for a more traditional queue management solution. Total Height 990mm Base Diameter 320mm, post diameter 50mm and weight 9kgs. Covered by a 3 year warranty. Fast Delivery

Rope and Post is a high quality indoor post and rope barrier system for crowd control. We offer 3 different finishes polished stainless, satin stainless and brass. Each stand is also offered with three different post tops all at at highly competitive prices. The posts all have concrete filled steel bases with full circumference anti-slip rubber floor protectors as standard. The ropes offered separately are available in three ranges- twisted, velour and bespoke "posh English". The twist and velour ropes come in 1.8m lengths and are available in three colours with trigger hook fittings which are offered in gold or chrome finish. Our English ropes are traditionally made and cut to size as required and the range of colours is also larger. We offer all Rope and post barriers on a sliding scale the more you buy the better the price. Coker Expo offer a perfect solution for queue management and crowd control. Posts are available with flat, crown or ball post top finials, the same final height what ever the style and come in a polished stainless steel, satin stainless steel or a polished brass finish. Please note we do offer an extensive range of RopeMaster crown control barriers this range is for indoor use. All of the our products have a three year guarantee. Dimensions: Stanchions are an ideal product for a more traditional queue management solution. Total Height 990mm Base Diameter 320mm, post diameter 50mm and weight 9kgs. Covered by a 3 year warranty. Fast Delivery

£46
Aerial lighting truss 3m diameter circle, Trio.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

£1,474
C1 Lighting Truss Stand

This is System 35 Lighting Truss kit showing you that you can build a fantastic display stand for less than £2000 Its true that does not include your flooring, lights and banners but, its a very interesting self build aluminium tri-tube gantry stand that can! Once you have 4 legs with a gantry stand you can go on to bigger and better shows this is super flexible its so easy to change the height and stand size for each show. This is the building block for everything lights banners action! This Example is 5x4 Metres and 2.5 Metres high Build time is about 30-40 minutes ideally with two people and you only need a nylon mallet. We can print your banners to fit and have full lighting solutions plus clamps all on this site or call us for help 01256 766234

This is System 35 Lighting Truss kit showing you that you can build a fantastic display stand for less than £2000 Its true that does not include your flooring, lights and banners but, its a very interesting self build aluminium tri-tube gantry stand that can! Once you have 4 legs with a gantry stand you can go on to bigger and better shows this is super flexible its so easy to change the height and stand size for each show. This is the building block for everything lights banners action! This Example is 5x4 Metres and 2.5 Metres high Build time is about 30-40 minutes ideally with two people and you only need a nylon mallet. We can print your banners to fit and have full lighting solutions plus clamps all on this site or call us for help 01256 766234

£1,740
Large Exhibition gantry stand S50 Quad12x6x4M High

Quad Build S50Q Fast Build Lightweight 2 Tier Aluminium Exhibition gantry stand This example is S50 Quad 12x6 with an impressive 4 Metre height. Four 50mm tubes each 2mm thick walls with 20mm bracing lattice. The precision machined ends are connected with plug in conicals tapered bullet pins with safety retaining clips giving rapid build up with superior strength capabilities and a very rigid structure. This stand shows a double top feature giving a perfect highly visual area for banner branding and concealed lighting. for both the stand your products and the banners. Coker Expo Can also print and supply your banners together with exhibition lighting indoor and exterior solutions. You can rebuild this product in different configurations. Please ask for details or drawing and quotation.

Quad Build S50Q Fast Build Lightweight 2 Tier Aluminium Exhibition gantry stand This example is S50 Quad 12x6 with an impressive 4 Metre height. Four 50mm tubes each 2mm thick walls with 20mm bracing lattice. The precision machined ends are connected with plug in conicals tapered bullet pins with safety retaining clips giving rapid build up with superior strength capabilities and a very rigid structure. This stand shows a double top feature giving a perfect highly visual area for banner branding and concealed lighting. for both the stand your products and the banners. Coker Expo Can also print and supply your banners together with exhibition lighting indoor and exterior solutions. You can rebuild this product in different configurations. Please ask for details or drawing and quotation.

£10,180
Branded budget display plinth set.

The plastic Budget Display Plinth is tough and durable and is available in two heights 895mm and 45cm high. Each display plinth body is 47.5cm diameter. The Budget Display Plinth is the ideal option if you are constrained by budget and wish to enhance your display with a graphic pedestal or podium. After all not all exhibitions and events warrant huge cost outlay on display product. These portable display plinth units arrive flat packed with the graphic wrap in a sturdy tube. Set up is really very easy and only takes a few moments. Carry bags are available as optional extras. This product is now available with an ipad tablet fitting top if required too. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

The plastic Budget Display Plinth is tough and durable and is available in two heights 895mm and 45cm high. Each display plinth body is 47.5cm diameter. The Budget Display Plinth is the ideal option if you are constrained by budget and wish to enhance your display with a graphic pedestal or podium. After all not all exhibitions and events warrant huge cost outlay on display product. These portable display plinth units arrive flat packed with the graphic wrap in a sturdy tube. Set up is really very easy and only takes a few moments. Carry bags are available as optional extras. This product is now available with an ipad tablet fitting top if required too. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£90
Turntable base unit with power rings CSWD100

Rotating display stand turntable, mains powered unit with slip or power rings (power supply to display item above) This unit will rotate 10 Kilos with a flat concentric load,standard rotating speed at 2.5 times per minute clockwise, The unit has a 124mm Dia turning Plate with 130mm base 75mm height. Power outlet models 4A. The units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

Rotating display stand turntable, mains powered unit with slip or power rings (power supply to display item above) This unit will rotate 10 Kilos with a flat concentric load,standard rotating speed at 2.5 times per minute clockwise, The unit has a 124mm Dia turning Plate with 130mm base 75mm height. Power outlet models 4A. The units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

£196
Aerial lighting truss 3m diameter circle, Trio.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

£1,474
A large white display turntable.

Mains powered display turntable with out power rings (Power output for display item) this high quality turntable is ready for your own deck or straight fitting of your display item. The TTCSW1000 turntable will carry a flat concentric load of up to 100 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard. If you are looking to create a revolving display for a shop, exhibition or showroom that a quality and reliable drive motor is a must. A rotating display stand is only a good as the display drive that keeps it going around day after day. These motors do have brushes that can be changed after long service. Please see various options below. These units have a 400mm solid steel base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These mains powered rotating display drive units weigh 17 kilos and are built to last. We are here to advise and discuss your display ideas, feel free to call on 01256 768178

Mains powered display turntable with out power rings (Power output for display item) this high quality turntable is ready for your own deck or straight fitting of your display item. The TTCSW1000 turntable will carry a flat concentric load of up to 100 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard. If you are looking to create a revolving display for a shop, exhibition or showroom that a quality and reliable drive motor is a must. A rotating display stand is only a good as the display drive that keeps it going around day after day. These motors do have brushes that can be changed after long service. Please see various options below. These units have a 400mm solid steel base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These mains powered rotating display drive units weigh 17 kilos and are built to last. We are here to advise and discuss your display ideas, feel free to call on 01256 768178

£399
Exhibition back wall in trussing.

A Trio goal post or portal style build with dimensions of 2.5m high x 3m wide. This style of display truss build MUST be bolted into the floor or exhibiting platform to maintain stability. 35mm diameter tube with our spigot and pin quick set up and connection system. Consider hanging lights, a Pvc banner or even a high quality 3mm Pvc mounted graphic display on this build and you have an eye catching, cost effective back drop display, call for further info. Supply time for this build is about a week. If you can not bolt this structure into the floor consider our XL base plates, 23 kgs each and 800mm sq.

A Trio goal post or portal style build with dimensions of 2.5m high x 3m wide. This style of display truss build MUST be bolted into the floor or exhibiting platform to maintain stability. 35mm diameter tube with our spigot and pin quick set up and connection system. Consider hanging lights, a Pvc banner or even a high quality 3mm Pvc mounted graphic display on this build and you have an eye catching, cost effective back drop display, call for further info. Supply time for this build is about a week. If you can not bolt this structure into the floor consider our XL base plates, 23 kgs each and 800mm sq.

£700
Display Case

1M Wall Showcase This Unit can be use on top of a counter or wall mounted, we show the case standing on top of a Coker Expo Flat Panel Counter CG21 Glass wall display case 1000x1000mm x 300mm deep 2 glass shelves beveled tempered 7mm thick 960x263 height can be altered Clear glass top No lights Actual weight 40 Kilos Delivery Calculation ###Click Here for Google Maps and Enter Our Postcode RG27 9NY and yours

1M Wall Showcase This Unit can be use on top of a counter or wall mounted, we show the case standing on top of a Coker Expo Flat Panel Counter CG21 Glass wall display case 1000x1000mm x 300mm deep 2 glass shelves beveled tempered 7mm thick 960x263 height can be altered Clear glass top No lights Actual weight 40 Kilos Delivery Calculation ###Click Here for Google Maps and Enter Our Postcode RG27 9NY and yours

£250
Versatile Exhibition display case

Expandable exhibition transport case moulded plastic Introducing the Expo case, the latest addition to the case family. The Expo case offers a multitude of features and is sure to be the perfect companion to any exhibition stand. It is the ideal transport solution for pop-ups, backwalls and extrusions and doubles up as a counter with the optional extra graphic wrap and table top in your choice of Birch, Black, Silver or White. It doesn’t stop there, the height of the Expo case can be extended by 100mm by adding the optional extension part (maximum of 2 in total) to create a taller shipping case or counter solution. Crafted from a tough moulded polyethylene, it can house a 3x5 pop-up system and graphics set with ease and the foam tray located in the lid can house two LED lights and cables. Expo case offers maximum storage space and is an ultra-portable solution for your exhibition needs. Internal dimensions without extension 890mm x 550mm x 360mm Optional extension part to increase the height by 100mm (maximum of 2) Can accept one 3x5 curved or straight pop-up with graphic panels and a roller banner when using the extension Manufactured from a tough moulded polyethylene Removable internal divider to protect graphics Case can be locked using padlocks (not supplied) Optional folding table top available to convert the case to a counter, available in the following colours: Birch,Black, Silver or White thermoformed finishes Wheels and handle for easy transportation

Expandable exhibition transport case moulded plastic Introducing the Expo case, the latest addition to the case family. The Expo case offers a multitude of features and is sure to be the perfect companion to any exhibition stand. It is the ideal transport solution for pop-ups, backwalls and extrusions and doubles up as a counter with the optional extra graphic wrap and table top in your choice of Birch, Black, Silver or White. It doesn’t stop there, the height of the Expo case can be extended by 100mm by adding the optional extension part (maximum of 2 in total) to create a taller shipping case or counter solution. Crafted from a tough moulded polyethylene, it can house a 3x5 pop-up system and graphics set with ease and the foam tray located in the lid can house two LED lights and cables. Expo case offers maximum storage space and is an ultra-portable solution for your exhibition needs. Internal dimensions without extension 890mm x 550mm x 360mm Optional extension part to increase the height by 100mm (maximum of 2) Can accept one 3x5 curved or straight pop-up with graphic panels and a roller banner when using the extension Manufactured from a tough moulded polyethylene Removable internal divider to protect graphics Case can be locked using padlocks (not supplied) Optional folding table top available to convert the case to a counter, available in the following colours: Birch,Black, Silver or White thermoformed finishes Wheels and handle for easy transportation

£125
freestanding display frame work with cables and acrylic poster pockets.

Lockwall Linear freestanding cable display frames for acrylic displays. These frames are made from our lockwall system and are not the same as other cable display systems we provide. Used for shop windows and public areas to display information, sales leaflets and brochures. Available in three standard sizes, complete with cables and A4 acrylics for double sided display too however we can make these stands to suit your personal needs, from A3 to A0 acrylics. A robust freestanding presentation unit with integral wire kit and poster holders; ideal for permanent and semi-permanent displays. Wires can be adjusted, making the display flexible enough for different display formats. Available 2000mm (h) in 3 standard widths: 750 (w) with 3 x A4 acrylic literature holders 1250 (w) with 6 x A4 acrylic literature holders 2250 (w) with 12 x A4 acrylic literature holders Anodised aluminium construction Available with 75mm round post Steel oval bases supplied as standard Additional wire kit and Linear accessories are available

Lockwall Linear freestanding cable display frames for acrylic displays. These frames are made from our lockwall system and are not the same as other cable display systems we provide. Used for shop windows and public areas to display information, sales leaflets and brochures. Available in three standard sizes, complete with cables and A4 acrylics for double sided display too however we can make these stands to suit your personal needs, from A3 to A0 acrylics. A robust freestanding presentation unit with integral wire kit and poster holders; ideal for permanent and semi-permanent displays. Wires can be adjusted, making the display flexible enough for different display formats. Available 2000mm (h) in 3 standard widths: 750 (w) with 3 x A4 acrylic literature holders 1250 (w) with 6 x A4 acrylic literature holders 2250 (w) with 12 x A4 acrylic literature holders Anodised aluminium construction Available with 75mm round post Steel oval bases supplied as standard Additional wire kit and Linear accessories are available

£349
Digital Transparency printing service

Digital Transparency printing service. Proper display transparencies for back lit light boxes, printed with stable latex inks on HP backlit display film with a diffused layer built in, this is a high quality system where image matters. Remember the quality that Duratrans photographic film gave, we can match it. Our maximum width is 1.5 Metres x 30 Metres. Prices are in the drop down menu below up to 1x2M if you need more or a quantity please ask us for a quote.

Digital Transparency printing service. Proper display transparencies for back lit light boxes, printed with stable latex inks on HP backlit display film with a diffused layer built in, this is a high quality system where image matters. Remember the quality that Duratrans photographic film gave, we can match it. Our maximum width is 1.5 Metres x 30 Metres. Prices are in the drop down menu below up to 1x2M if you need more or a quantity please ask us for a quote.

£25
Digital Transparency printing service

Digital Transparency printing service. Proper display transparencies for back lit light boxes, printed with stable latex inks on HP backlit display film with a diffused layer built in, this is a high quality system where image matters. Remember the quality that Duratrans photographic film gave, we can match it. Our maximum width is 1.5 Metres x 30 Metres. Prices are in the drop down menu below up to 1x2M if you need more or a quantity please ask us for a quote.

Digital Transparency printing service. Proper display transparencies for back lit light boxes, printed with stable latex inks on HP backlit display film with a diffused layer built in, this is a high quality system where image matters. Remember the quality that Duratrans photographic film gave, we can match it. Our maximum width is 1.5 Metres x 30 Metres. Prices are in the drop down menu below up to 1x2M if you need more or a quantity please ask us for a quote.

£25
2 twist banner stands with a flexible link.

Shown here are two twist banner stand units with a flexi link panel. The flexible link allows the twist banner stands to bend in or out or even joggle both ways to create a freeform backdrop or presentation display wall, curve this flexible display around an obstruction. Printed with a tough graphic it's a very robust display stand. The twist will also cope with uneven flooring which can be the case at many exhibition halls and event venues. These units come in various height options and come complete with a protective wheeled carry bag and display light. Use the twist system to create long flexible displays, for inside and outside corners, bend it to form around a curve or a structure that is in the way so as to fit into your exhibit floor space. This display system is available in single or double sided displays too. The graphic sizes shown are 2000mm x 900mm with a 500mm centre panel. However we can create a flexible bespoke stand for your requirements please asks for a drawing and a price! We can also demonstrate the system at our showroom in Hook Hampshire 01256 768178.

Shown here are two twist banner stand units with a flexi link panel. The flexible link allows the twist banner stands to bend in or out or even joggle both ways to create a freeform backdrop or presentation display wall, curve this flexible display around an obstruction. Printed with a tough graphic it's a very robust display stand. The twist will also cope with uneven flooring which can be the case at many exhibition halls and event venues. These units come in various height options and come complete with a protective wheeled carry bag and display light. Use the twist system to create long flexible displays, for inside and outside corners, bend it to form around a curve or a structure that is in the way so as to fit into your exhibit floor space. This display system is available in single or double sided displays too. The graphic sizes shown are 2000mm x 900mm with a 500mm centre panel. However we can create a flexible bespoke stand for your requirements please asks for a drawing and a price! We can also demonstrate the system at our showroom in Hook Hampshire 01256 768178.

£735
TT5030SR Display Turntable

TT50 White Turntable 30Kg Flat load maximum Fixed speed 0.75Rpm With Slip rings and uk socket maximum load 1000W Initial power 4W 50Cm wide deck 6cm high https://youtu.be/WQhL91AER_c 50cm display deck 1000w Power supply for display 30 Kilo Maximum flat balanced load Reversible drive Clockwise or Anticlockwise 0.75 Revs per minute Only 6cm high .

TT50 White Turntable 30Kg Flat load maximum Fixed speed 0.75Rpm With Slip rings and uk socket maximum load 1000W Initial power 4W 50Cm wide deck 6cm high https://youtu.be/WQhL91AER_c 50cm display deck 1000w Power supply for display 30 Kilo Maximum flat balanced load Reversible drive Clockwise or Anticlockwise 0.75 Revs per minute Only 6cm high .

£210
Aerial lighting truss 3m diameter circle, Trio.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

£1,474
Top Quality notice board range

Top Quality Notice board cases 75mm deep. Notice display cases and street bulletin boards Outdoor use weatherproof Top Quality, 75mm Deep profile Magnetic backboard with magnets supplied Locks in the frames Wall or post mounting. 10 Sizes Range of colours Or Silver Anodised Plexichoc glazing The units have a standard white powder coated steel backing board for use with magnets, this complies with health and safety rules and also prevents micro climates within the units causing misty glazing issues. The 75mm cases when post mounted can also be mounted in a row straight or at ninety degrees. Posts include the mounting brackets in the photographs. These are high quality premium notice boards designed and built to last, giving years of service in the UK's varied weather conditions. Quatro Root Fix Post for 750/1000mm external notice boards - 2475mm long - 500mm to be set into the concrete base.

Top Quality Notice board cases 75mm deep. Notice display cases and street bulletin boards Outdoor use weatherproof Top Quality, 75mm Deep profile Magnetic backboard with magnets supplied Locks in the frames Wall or post mounting. 10 Sizes Range of colours Or Silver Anodised Plexichoc glazing The units have a standard white powder coated steel backing board for use with magnets, this complies with health and safety rules and also prevents micro climates within the units causing misty glazing issues. The 75mm cases when post mounted can also be mounted in a row straight or at ninety degrees. Posts include the mounting brackets in the photographs. These are high quality premium notice boards designed and built to last, giving years of service in the UK's varied weather conditions. Quatro Root Fix Post for 750/1000mm external notice boards - 2475mm long - 500mm to be set into the concrete base.

£290
Top Quality notice board range

Top Quality Notice board cases 75mm deep. Notice display cases and street bulletin boards Outdoor use weatherproof Top Quality, 75mm Deep profile Magnetic backboard with magnets supplied Locks in the frames Wall or post mounting. 10 Sizes Range of colours Or Silver Anodised Plexichoc glazing The units have a standard white powder coated steel backing board for use with magnets, this complies with health and safety rules and also prevents micro climates within the units causing misty glazing issues. The 75mm cases when post mounted can also be mounted in a row straight or at ninety degrees. Posts include the mounting brackets in the photographs. These are high quality premium notice boards designed and built to last, giving years of service in the UK's varied weather conditions. Quatro Root Fix Post for 750/1000mm external notice boards - 2475mm long - 500mm to be set into the concrete base.

Top Quality Notice board cases 75mm deep. Notice display cases and street bulletin boards Outdoor use weatherproof Top Quality, 75mm Deep profile Magnetic backboard with magnets supplied Locks in the frames Wall or post mounting. 10 Sizes Range of colours Or Silver Anodised Plexichoc glazing The units have a standard white powder coated steel backing board for use with magnets, this complies with health and safety rules and also prevents micro climates within the units causing misty glazing issues. The 75mm cases when post mounted can also be mounted in a row straight or at ninety degrees. Posts include the mounting brackets in the photographs. These are high quality premium notice boards designed and built to last, giving years of service in the UK's varied weather conditions. Quatro Root Fix Post for 750/1000mm external notice boards - 2475mm long - 500mm to be set into the concrete base.

£290
Trio Lighting truss 50mm

Display lighting truss system in our system 50 trio range comprising a 50mm aluminium tube. This design covers a floor area of 12M x 4M and stands at 3M high, using 2 piece split legs to make assembly easier. Make a real impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or AVI equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection to lock one section to another. A system that can be added to year on year. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality. Lighting and Gantry supplied by Coker Expo We can also supply fabric or PVC banners to customise this stand Call Coker Expo 01256 766234

Display lighting truss system in our system 50 trio range comprising a 50mm aluminium tube. This design covers a floor area of 12M x 4M and stands at 3M high, using 2 piece split legs to make assembly easier. Make a real impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or AVI equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection to lock one section to another. A system that can be added to year on year. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality. Lighting and Gantry supplied by Coker Expo We can also supply fabric or PVC banners to customise this stand Call Coker Expo 01256 766234

£3,940
Aluminium frame exhibition stand 17

This 6x 4 metre design is open 3 sides and incorporates an interesting couple of inviting interior sales areas where your potential customers can feel relaxed. The price shown does not include the graphics which of course are available in the options selector below Once we understand what the goals and reasons for attending an event are, we can go ahead and design the space with those parameters in mind. You may be launching a new brand, new product or networking at the event,If we have a clear understanding of what you want to achieve this will be helpful for us to design a solution that is not just great visually but fit for purpose. Dont forget we can also build this stand and take it away, you can rent it or purchase, the system will give years of service and the graphics can be updated as required.

This 6x 4 metre design is open 3 sides and incorporates an interesting couple of inviting interior sales areas where your potential customers can feel relaxed. The price shown does not include the graphics which of course are available in the options selector below Once we understand what the goals and reasons for attending an event are, we can go ahead and design the space with those parameters in mind. You may be launching a new brand, new product or networking at the event,If we have a clear understanding of what you want to achieve this will be helpful for us to design a solution that is not just great visually but fit for purpose. Dont forget we can also build this stand and take it away, you can rent it or purchase, the system will give years of service and the graphics can be updated as required.

£4,901
ipad pos stand with sign clips

Ipad POS stand can be more than just a pole with a tablet fixed to the top, the addition of branding, a sign board of some form can really bring your media display to the forefront. The simple addition of easy-fit screw clips and graphic panels magnify the iPad column's brilliance as an interactive multimedia display, unleashing a powerful promotional display. Branding and messaging can be used to drive and enhance the iPad user experience as well as increase visibility from a distance. • Designed for use with iPad 2, 3, 4, iPad Air 1, iPad Air 2, iPad Pro 9.7” iPad 9.7” (launched March 2017) • Post and base with versatile iPad holder • Enclosures in textured black or white finish • Continuous iPad power supply • Combined post height 1265mm • Heavy duty steel base finished silver with rubber foot pads - 464(w) x 406mm(d) • Supplied dismantled for ease of transportation • Special ship safe carton - 1020(w) x 500(d) x 240mm(h) or optional moulded wheeled trolley case • Maximum overall dimensions - 464(w) x 425(d) x 1595mm(h) • Packaged weight - 15kg (carton) or 24kg (case • Sign costs by quotation, discuss your requirements, 01256 768178.

Ipad POS stand can be more than just a pole with a tablet fixed to the top, the addition of branding, a sign board of some form can really bring your media display to the forefront. The simple addition of easy-fit screw clips and graphic panels magnify the iPad column's brilliance as an interactive multimedia display, unleashing a powerful promotional display. Branding and messaging can be used to drive and enhance the iPad user experience as well as increase visibility from a distance. • Designed for use with iPad 2, 3, 4, iPad Air 1, iPad Air 2, iPad Pro 9.7” iPad 9.7” (launched March 2017) • Post and base with versatile iPad holder • Enclosures in textured black or white finish • Continuous iPad power supply • Combined post height 1265mm • Heavy duty steel base finished silver with rubber foot pads - 464(w) x 406mm(d) • Supplied dismantled for ease of transportation • Special ship safe carton - 1020(w) x 500(d) x 240mm(h) or optional moulded wheeled trolley case • Maximum overall dimensions - 464(w) x 425(d) x 1595mm(h) • Packaged weight - 15kg (carton) or 24kg (case • Sign costs by quotation, discuss your requirements, 01256 768178.

£250
large freestanding aluminium banner stand

This stand gives the perfect frame for your large banner graphics. Our 50mm Trio truss system can also be used outdoors, we can provide mesh banners which will reduce the air pressure. This structure comes with extra large additional base plates at 1m square, to give a straight wall stability. Also note that additional base weight loading or guy lines may be required to secure a system, depending on weather conditions. This structures dims are 7.5m wide x 3m high. Not including banners but these are available single and double sided from Coker Expo along with exterior display lights. 01256 766234

This stand gives the perfect frame for your large banner graphics. Our 50mm Trio truss system can also be used outdoors, we can provide mesh banners which will reduce the air pressure. This structure comes with extra large additional base plates at 1m square, to give a straight wall stability. Also note that additional base weight loading or guy lines may be required to secure a system, depending on weather conditions. This structures dims are 7.5m wide x 3m high. Not including banners but these are available single and double sided from Coker Expo along with exterior display lights. 01256 766234

£2,105
Lighting Truss Hire two tiers with circle top

Lighting Truss Hire for exhibitions and events across the UK, be it a self set up service that you require or for our exhibition contractors to attend, set up and take down your hired truss system we are here to aid you. There are many standard design available for offer but this was designed as a custom design to answer a trussing enquiry to hire such a display. Got an idea for your next event or trade show, send us a sketch with some dimensions and let us draw it up and quote for your truss hire requirements. The lighting trussing system shown here was for a 4m x 5m floor area and its actual physical size was 4.8m x 3.8m x 2.4/3.5m high. We can supply all your lighting fixtures and any graphics requirements too. Call on 01256 768178 and ask us to quoting you lighting truss hire requirements.

Lighting Truss Hire for exhibitions and events across the UK, be it a self set up service that you require or for our exhibition contractors to attend, set up and take down your hired truss system we are here to aid you. There are many standard design available for offer but this was designed as a custom design to answer a trussing enquiry to hire such a display. Got an idea for your next event or trade show, send us a sketch with some dimensions and let us draw it up and quote for your truss hire requirements. The lighting trussing system shown here was for a 4m x 5m floor area and its actual physical size was 4.8m x 3.8m x 2.4/3.5m high. We can supply all your lighting fixtures and any graphics requirements too. Call on 01256 768178 and ask us to quoting you lighting truss hire requirements.

£1,300
5w Led track spotlight in silver

Small cone shaped 5w Led track spotlight fixture for use with our 16 amp lighting track, available in silver, black and white finish. This track spotlight is ideal for exhibition, shop, display and retail needs and uses a GU10 bulb supplied. This light fixture has 355 degree rotation and a tilting head up to 90 degree. Allow a 3 days supply time.

Small cone shaped 5w Led track spotlight fixture for use with our 16 amp lighting track, available in silver, black and white finish. This track spotlight is ideal for exhibition, shop, display and retail needs and uses a GU10 bulb supplied. This light fixture has 355 degree rotation and a tilting head up to 90 degree. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£26
G5 Spotlight 5 w LED

Small stylish Polished aluminium stage light also available in black has a 5W GU10 lamp fitted as standard. Ideal for high lighting individual sales items that are close up and adding mood lighting. These units come complete with a gel holder. Popular in the exhibition and retail fields for a small effect light, also for the high polished aluminium finish which is quite eye catching. Weight 0.5kgs. Dimensions: 150mm long 90mm diameter height 130mm. Extra available options (please see images below): Barn Doors, 32-35mm gantry clamp, 50mm gantry clamp, 25mm G clamp Daisy plug

Small stylish Polished aluminium stage light also available in black has a 5W GU10 lamp fitted as standard. Ideal for high lighting individual sales items that are close up and adding mood lighting. These units come complete with a gel holder. Popular in the exhibition and retail fields for a small effect light, also for the high polished aluminium finish which is quite eye catching. Weight 0.5kgs. Dimensions: 150mm long 90mm diameter height 130mm. Extra available options (please see images below): Barn Doors, 32-35mm gantry clamp, 50mm gantry clamp, 25mm G clamp Daisy plug

£25
display turntable mains powered for ceiling mounting

Rotating display turntable for hanging displays mains powered . This unit has bearings fitted for upside down operation. Mains powered unit without power rings.Attach display using wire to suspend below the unit. This unit will rotate 5 Kilos balanced load, rotating at 2.5 times per minute clockwise, with 130mm base 75mm height.Creates a visually powerful sales display to draw attention to a promotion or special product to centre stage. Want to know more? please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Rotating display turntable for hanging displays mains powered . This unit has bearings fitted for upside down operation. Mains powered unit without power rings.Attach display using wire to suspend below the unit. This unit will rotate 5 Kilos balanced load, rotating at 2.5 times per minute clockwise, with 130mm base 75mm height.Creates a visually powerful sales display to draw attention to a promotion or special product to centre stage. Want to know more? please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£145
Small black exhibition spot light

A little black exhibition spot light for high lighting close by products or small defined areas. The G5 Led spot light has dimensions of 150mm total length 70mm body diameter, 90mm across the gel holder, suspended height 130mm including hasp. The hasp is 90mm high. This neat little light is supplied with an LED lamp and at only 5W when tested we believe it is as bright as the Halogen 50W! This light fixture is supplied bare tail as standard. Extras: Barn doors are an optional extra £12 32-35mm Gantry clamp £10 Daisy lead connector £4 This light fixture is suitable for use with our multi-light system and comes with IEC connector, units also have a coloured gel holder. The hasp allows either attachment of a clamp or options for a bolt or screw fixing to a wall or pole. Weight 0.5kg.

A little black exhibition spot light for high lighting close by products or small defined areas. The G5 Led spot light has dimensions of 150mm total length 70mm body diameter, 90mm across the gel holder, suspended height 130mm including hasp. The hasp is 90mm high. This neat little light is supplied with an LED lamp and at only 5W when tested we believe it is as bright as the Halogen 50W! This light fixture is supplied bare tail as standard. Extras: Barn doors are an optional extra £12 32-35mm Gantry clamp £10 Daisy lead connector £4 This light fixture is suitable for use with our multi-light system and comes with IEC connector, units also have a coloured gel holder. The hasp allows either attachment of a clamp or options for a bolt or screw fixing to a wall or pole. Weight 0.5kg.

£25
9w Led light with a chrome finish on a hasp

ThE GL100 is a stylish exhibition and display light unit, Unit measures 260mm long, it comes fitted with and LED lamp the 9.5W LED lamps gives 900 lumens with 30 degree angle, the long hood will reduce this down to approx 20 degrees. A 9.5w Led bulb 2700K now supplies more light output than the traditional 100 Watt Halogen bulb. Use of these lights adds show atmosphere and provides a balanced light. When comparing halogen to LED it should be noted that a halogen lamp life is normally expected to be 2500 hours which sounds allot and is a substantial improvement from the tungsten lamps, however an LED lamp should be ok for 30,000 hours, thats 12 times extra life span. Considering the lamps also offer a power saving up to 90% the extra investment is money very well spent. Exhibition staff and visitors will appreciate a reduction of heat burning down at trade shows from lighting, it has always been a tiring burden but no more! This stage light, comes with 9.5w LED lamp. Very theatrical styling particularly with the barn doors which are mainly for show, very popular on exhibition gantry and truss systems. (barn doors + £15 see image below). The unit comes with a short mains lead of 250mm, a daisy plug option is available and this is perfect for use with our exhibition lighting truss systems, the units can be positioned on the truss before the stand is hoisted or mounted on its legs the daisy plug and play lighting system will allow multiple lights on one cable run, it is important not to overload a circuit but, with the use of LED lamps its hard to go wrong. The led colour output is 2700 K which is warm white for clothing or similar products however the unit incorporates a gel filter holder and so the light balance can easily be whatever you need, please speak to us we are happy to help with your selection. Overall a cost effective solution for exhibition halls and showrooms. Various clamp options offered. A popular light for gantry and truss systems. Weight 1kg. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178**

ThE GL100 is a stylish exhibition and display light unit, Unit measures 260mm long, it comes fitted with and LED lamp the 9.5W LED lamps gives 900 lumens with 30 degree angle, the long hood will reduce this down to approx 20 degrees. A 9.5w Led bulb 2700K now supplies more light output than the traditional 100 Watt Halogen bulb. Use of these lights adds show atmosphere and provides a balanced light. When comparing halogen to LED it should be noted that a halogen lamp life is normally expected to be 2500 hours which sounds allot and is a substantial improvement from the tungsten lamps, however an LED lamp should be ok for 30,000 hours, thats 12 times extra life span. Considering the lamps also offer a power saving up to 90% the extra investment is money very well spent. Exhibition staff and visitors will appreciate a reduction of heat burning down at trade shows from lighting, it has always been a tiring burden but no more! This stage light, comes with 9.5w LED lamp. Very theatrical styling particularly with the barn doors which are mainly for show, very popular on exhibition gantry and truss systems. (barn doors + £15 see image below). The unit comes with a short mains lead of 250mm, a daisy plug option is available and this is perfect for use with our exhibition lighting truss systems, the units can be positioned on the truss before the stand is hoisted or mounted on its legs the daisy plug and play lighting system will allow multiple lights on one cable run, it is important not to overload a circuit but, with the use of LED lamps its hard to go wrong. The led colour output is 2700 K which is warm white for clothing or similar products however the unit incorporates a gel filter holder and so the light balance can easily be whatever you need, please speak to us we are happy to help with your selection. Overall a cost effective solution for exhibition halls and showrooms. Various clamp options offered. A popular light for gantry and truss systems. Weight 1kg. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178**

£40
Lighting gantry, hexagon with arms and up and over beam

Trade show truss hire, the structure is build on a basic hexagon shape, we have extended arms so as to allow drop banners for branding and an up and over truss arm again to allow a banner or sign to be framed high up and been seen out across any exhibition hall or event. This truss design suits an 8m sq floor area. We have a large range of basic truss designs, all can be adapted into your very own trade show truss system, call and discuss your specific needs. All of our lighting truss hire systems are sent out in protective wheeled transport cases. A detailed drawing is supplied showing the section locations to enable you to set our truss systems up as easily as possible with out the aid of the professionals if so required. Should you wish to avoid the set up and take down we do offer and installation and removal service with our own skilled contractors, ask for a quote. Our lighting truss systems are aluminium so light weight to work with and uses a quick connect spigot and pin system, no long winded nuts and bolts which can add hours to sep up and take down of any modular structure. We can supply scale drawings, system certification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our lighting truss systems.

Trade show truss hire, the structure is build on a basic hexagon shape, we have extended arms so as to allow drop banners for branding and an up and over truss arm again to allow a banner or sign to be framed high up and been seen out across any exhibition hall or event. This truss design suits an 8m sq floor area. We have a large range of basic truss designs, all can be adapted into your very own trade show truss system, call and discuss your specific needs. All of our lighting truss hire systems are sent out in protective wheeled transport cases. A detailed drawing is supplied showing the section locations to enable you to set our truss systems up as easily as possible with out the aid of the professionals if so required. Should you wish to avoid the set up and take down we do offer and installation and removal service with our own skilled contractors, ask for a quote. Our lighting truss systems are aluminium so light weight to work with and uses a quick connect spigot and pin system, no long winded nuts and bolts which can add hours to sep up and take down of any modular structure. We can supply scale drawings, system certification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our lighting truss systems.

£980
Small hanging display turntable, white

This hanging display turntable has bearings fitted for up side down operation. A mains powered unit with power rings, this allows the transfer of power to an item hanging from the turntable. This unit will rotate 5 Kilos, rotating at speed of 2.5 times per minute clockwise, when ceiling mounted this will appear anti-clockwise. This small hanging turntable has a 130mm base and height of 75mm. A 4amp power outlet is fitted to this unit. Anti-clockwise and 1Rpm models available please call 01256 766234 for help if required

This hanging display turntable has bearings fitted for up side down operation. A mains powered unit with power rings, this allows the transfer of power to an item hanging from the turntable. This unit will rotate 5 Kilos, rotating at speed of 2.5 times per minute clockwise, when ceiling mounted this will appear anti-clockwise. This small hanging turntable has a 130mm base and height of 75mm. A 4amp power outlet is fitted to this unit. Anti-clockwise and 1Rpm models available please call 01256 766234 for help if required

£165
Suspended exhibition banners

Suspended exhibition banners, 3m x 1.2m high elliptical shape banner frame with tension fabric graphics. A smart eye catching display to hang from any ceiling structure within an exhibition hall or trade show venue. Get you brand message out there and be seen from far off across the entire event. Constructed in minutes, this product can be hung into place prior to the building of the main stand. Storage is easy as the structure packs down into a carry bag that can be stored until your next event. The stretchy tension fabric graphic requires no ironing as the frames shape pushes out the creases from storing the graphic. This tension fabric display is availible in 2 basic sizes, but we can make custom designs by quotation. Eye Hanging Structure 3m - 1219h x 3048 x 838mm (4 hanging points) Eye Hanging Structure 3.7m - 1524h x 3658 x 991mm (4 hanging points)

Suspended exhibition banners, 3m x 1.2m high elliptical shape banner frame with tension fabric graphics. A smart eye catching display to hang from any ceiling structure within an exhibition hall or trade show venue. Get you brand message out there and be seen from far off across the entire event. Constructed in minutes, this product can be hung into place prior to the building of the main stand. Storage is easy as the structure packs down into a carry bag that can be stored until your next event. The stretchy tension fabric graphic requires no ironing as the frames shape pushes out the creases from storing the graphic. This tension fabric display is availible in 2 basic sizes, but we can make custom designs by quotation. Eye Hanging Structure 3m - 1219h x 3048 x 838mm (4 hanging points) Eye Hanging Structure 3.7m - 1524h x 3658 x 991mm (4 hanging points)

£1,140
A 3x4 straight pop up display stand set up with full colour graphics

When you need your display to look good, our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry. Full Straight pop up display stands complete, a mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. You will not need nothing else with this kit, a quick style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment for lights. Add a pair of lights if the venue your are exhibiting at is not well lit. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%, The most popular display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Options below include lights a wheeled graphic case with beech insert to make a podium or lectern counter from the case. A complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. We would advise you consider if your application warrants a set of stabilising feet. Is your pop up display to be set back against a wall out out in the middle of an exhibition floor area. We can also link our straight pop up display stands together to form a long wall or produce a right angled display. All straight pop up display stands can be produced as double sided displays, on some occasion a 360 degree branded pop up display is just wants needed. It is also possible to bring an element of visual movement into your pop up display with the addition of an LCD TV screen should you wish. For help and advice with art working please call 01256 768178 We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval with out further cost before running your graphics, production is normally within 3 days after sign off. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged.

When you need your display to look good, our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry. Full Straight pop up display stands complete, a mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. You will not need nothing else with this kit, a quick style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment for lights. Add a pair of lights if the venue your are exhibiting at is not well lit. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%, The most popular display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Options below include lights a wheeled graphic case with beech insert to make a podium or lectern counter from the case. A complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. We would advise you consider if your application warrants a set of stabilising feet. Is your pop up display to be set back against a wall out out in the middle of an exhibition floor area. We can also link our straight pop up display stands together to form a long wall or produce a right angled display. All straight pop up display stands can be produced as double sided displays, on some occasion a 360 degree branded pop up display is just wants needed. It is also possible to bring an element of visual movement into your pop up display with the addition of an LCD TV screen should you wish. For help and advice with art working please call 01256 768178 We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval with out further cost before running your graphics, production is normally within 3 days after sign off. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged.

£400
3m wide pegasus banner stand

The 3m Pegasus, the latest addition to the Pegasus family, is now the largest tension banner within the range. Creating a hugely impressive back wall solution, it is ideal as a competitive solution for backdrops, exhibition spaces and promotional back walls.The height range is from 1.7 Metres to 2.4 Meters high and the width is 1.6Metres to 3 Metres The unit comes with a carry bag and is totally portable. The units is assembled without the need for tools. We offer two banner solutions PVC or Textile both require hems top and bottom for the telescopic poles Although the unit fits into a carry bag a PVC banner will need to be rolled along the narrowest dimension. Hardware in the bag weight is 6.5 Kilos Lightweight and simple assembly No tools required Compartmentalised carry bag for individual parts Telescopic poles for adjustable height & width displays Suitable for Looped Banner vinyl or Textile graphics Linking extension kit arriving winter 2017 Hardware dimensions (mm) 1830/3200(w) x 1835/2610(h) x 440mm(d) Boxed dimensions (mm) 970(w) x 100(h) x 265mm(d) - 6.3kgs Large pole diameter - 25mm Small pole diameter - 22mm Adjustable collar diameter - 30mm As for a quote for a banner to suit your required back drop size 01256 768178.

The 3m Pegasus, the latest addition to the Pegasus family, is now the largest tension banner within the range. Creating a hugely impressive back wall solution, it is ideal as a competitive solution for backdrops, exhibition spaces and promotional back walls.The height range is from 1.7 Metres to 2.4 Meters high and the width is 1.6Metres to 3 Metres The unit comes with a carry bag and is totally portable. The units is assembled without the need for tools. We offer two banner solutions PVC or Textile both require hems top and bottom for the telescopic poles Although the unit fits into a carry bag a PVC banner will need to be rolled along the narrowest dimension. Hardware in the bag weight is 6.5 Kilos Lightweight and simple assembly No tools required Compartmentalised carry bag for individual parts Telescopic poles for adjustable height & width displays Suitable for Looped Banner vinyl or Textile graphics Linking extension kit arriving winter 2017 Hardware dimensions (mm) 1830/3200(w) x 1835/2610(h) x 440mm(d) Boxed dimensions (mm) 970(w) x 100(h) x 265mm(d) - 6.3kgs Large pole diameter - 25mm Small pole diameter - 22mm Adjustable collar diameter - 30mm As for a quote for a banner to suit your required back drop size 01256 768178.

£115
Lightweight portable folding counter

This standard size unit folds away for transport and packing, the aluminium construction gives fast and sturdy erection at the show. At only 12 kilos this unit is very portable specifically manufactured for the display industry, all units have plastic infill panels made from foam PVC which are perfect for graphics that can be updated, please see the options below. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1050mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel also with an aluminium hinged folding frame. 25kg spread load carrying capability on these counter tops. European manufactured product built to last. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Sliding Locking doors, Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of heights Call for more info we are here to help Coker Expo 01256 768178

This standard size unit folds away for transport and packing, the aluminium construction gives fast and sturdy erection at the show. At only 12 kilos this unit is very portable specifically manufactured for the display industry, all units have plastic infill panels made from foam PVC which are perfect for graphics that can be updated, please see the options below. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1050mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel also with an aluminium hinged folding frame. 25kg spread load carrying capability on these counter tops. European manufactured product built to last. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Sliding Locking doors, Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of heights Call for more info we are here to help Coker Expo 01256 768178

£335
10w led spotlight for lighting track

White or Satin Silver LED trackspot with integral drivers, 10w power draw. The 10w Version is compact LED track spot with integral driver, True 50W halogen replacement, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design for visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with warm white bulbs of 3000 kelvin or cool of 4000 kelvin, 537 lumens and a beam angle of 50 degrees. Note the 10w led spotlight has the 3 detail rings on the body, an ideal smart track spotlights for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

White or Satin Silver LED trackspot with integral drivers, 10w power draw. The 10w Version is compact LED track spot with integral driver, True 50W halogen replacement, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design for visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with warm white bulbs of 3000 kelvin or cool of 4000 kelvin, 537 lumens and a beam angle of 50 degrees. Note the 10w led spotlight has the 3 detail rings on the body, an ideal smart track spotlights for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£37
Low height curved pop up display stand.

When height is a problem the Midi pop up stand range will fit in a low head height space of under 2 Meters. This makes it ideal for low or reduced ceiling height rooms, compact and confined areas. Our low height range of pop up display stands, once known as petite are completely magnetic, frames, graphics and mag bars. A lower height pop up display stand is often required at smaller venues such as hotels and conference rooms where ceiling heights can be low in some cases. Choose from our mini pop up range, add a transport case and lights if required. The graphics are printed onto Melinex plastic and laminated, inks are pigmented dye with 67% Pantone accuracy and 100 years as the manufactures claim! Options are given for wheeled transit cases and lights. If you require a quantity of these pop up systems call for a quote, 01256 768178.

When height is a problem the Midi pop up stand range will fit in a low head height space of under 2 Meters. This makes it ideal for low or reduced ceiling height rooms, compact and confined areas. Our low height range of pop up display stands, once known as petite are completely magnetic, frames, graphics and mag bars. A lower height pop up display stand is often required at smaller venues such as hotels and conference rooms where ceiling heights can be low in some cases. Choose from our mini pop up range, add a transport case and lights if required. The graphics are printed onto Melinex plastic and laminated, inks are pigmented dye with 67% Pantone accuracy and 100 years as the manufactures claim! Options are given for wheeled transit cases and lights. If you require a quantity of these pop up systems call for a quote, 01256 768178.

£340
Curved pop up display stand 4 quads high.

Pop up display stands can be made taller and shorter by adding or subtracting the quads that make the the pop up frame height up. Our image shows a stand 3 quads wide x 4 quads high, standing at 2968mm high this becomes a mighty impressive display as you can imagine any any exhibition or promotional event. If you looking for that little extra to give your product and brand some real impact then a taller than average pop up display stand may will be the solution to your presentation needs. Remember that with this extra height comes a need for a small stool or steps to get up high enough to hang your graphics from the framework. The maximum we recommend is 5 quads hight 3710mm but this stand must be anchored by some form of additional weighting at the base of the pop up display. Choose from the options below which pop up stand you require, add a wheeled transport case and some lights to make up your display kit. We can also offer a straight extra high pop up display by quotation, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

Pop up display stands can be made taller and shorter by adding or subtracting the quads that make the the pop up frame height up. Our image shows a stand 3 quads wide x 4 quads high, standing at 2968mm high this becomes a mighty impressive display as you can imagine any any exhibition or promotional event. If you looking for that little extra to give your product and brand some real impact then a taller than average pop up display stand may will be the solution to your presentation needs. Remember that with this extra height comes a need for a small stool or steps to get up high enough to hang your graphics from the framework. The maximum we recommend is 5 quads hight 3710mm but this stand must be anchored by some form of additional weighting at the base of the pop up display. Choose from the options below which pop up stand you require, add a wheeled transport case and some lights to make up your display kit. We can also offer a straight extra high pop up display by quotation, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

£800
Corner fitting pop up stand

"L" Shaped corner pop up display stands ready to go! 2225mm height as standard (we can also manufacture non standard heights). These frames are purpose made with the curve built into the actual frame work. Yes they still fold down and go into a standard pop up transport case along with there graphic panels. Lighting can be fitted to the straight lengths of each pop up frame. Below are the foot print sizes for each of the frame offered as L-shape pop ups. We can also offer by quotation the more traditional method of creating a right angle pop up display wall by linking two straight pop up display stands of any size to form a your corner display wall or area divide. This is possible by using the D-end panel of one unit to curve across and connect to the other. Both methods use fully magnetic systems, fast assembly, light weight and easy to set up. Graphics are printed with pigmented 100 year life inks, 67% Pantone accurate and on light block medias. Kit prices include a wheeled case, options include a graphic wrap for the case and lighting, halogen or LED. Please download the PDF for full details.

"L" Shaped corner pop up display stands ready to go! 2225mm height as standard (we can also manufacture non standard heights). These frames are purpose made with the curve built into the actual frame work. Yes they still fold down and go into a standard pop up transport case along with there graphic panels. Lighting can be fitted to the straight lengths of each pop up frame. Below are the foot print sizes for each of the frame offered as L-shape pop ups. We can also offer by quotation the more traditional method of creating a right angle pop up display wall by linking two straight pop up display stands of any size to form a your corner display wall or area divide. This is possible by using the D-end panel of one unit to curve across and connect to the other. Both methods use fully magnetic systems, fast assembly, light weight and easy to set up. Graphics are printed with pigmented 100 year life inks, 67% Pantone accurate and on light block medias. Kit prices include a wheeled case, options include a graphic wrap for the case and lighting, halogen or LED. Please download the PDF for full details.

£825
CDC3 - Folding Display Counter

The CDC3 aluminium framed folding counter is a reception bar style unit. This Unit has an up-stand on top typically used to hide documents and cash. The counter dimension are 1070 x 515mm x 1103mm high. These high quality folding display counters come as standard with white panels, but we can offer options for full graphics, coloured pvc panels, brushed alley panels or fabric covering to accept velco, by quotation. This enables your pre printed flyers to be attached to the loop nylon and changed with ease. These units can also have the branded panels changed out quickly with ease giving them real longevity. Options are given for locking and sliding door sets too. For more information call 01256 768178

The CDC3 aluminium framed folding counter is a reception bar style unit. This Unit has an up-stand on top typically used to hide documents and cash. The counter dimension are 1070 x 515mm x 1103mm high. These high quality folding display counters come as standard with white panels, but we can offer options for full graphics, coloured pvc panels, brushed alley panels or fabric covering to accept velco, by quotation. This enables your pre printed flyers to be attached to the loop nylon and changed with ease. These units can also have the branded panels changed out quickly with ease giving them real longevity. Options are given for locking and sliding door sets too. For more information call 01256 768178

£475
Custom shaped pop up display stands at an exhibition event

A Variety of custom pop up stand design configurations can be made using different height display, curved and straight pop up display frames can be linked to produce some fantastic custom pop up exhibition stand designs. Each design is by quotation and can take some days to draw up and quote. Some of the most popular pop up display shapes are S shape, wave, Tri shaped or star, right angles and large curved or arced designs. A custom pop up stand is often decided upon as it allows the formation of a pop up booth at an exhibition or event. You can also inter change the pop up display stand heights opting for some at 3 quads high and others at 4 quads high creating a lot more style and interest in the finished exhibition stand layout. With custom pop up designs many are produced to be a 360 degree display and so the rear of the pop up systems can also have graphics fitted creating a double sided display, maximum branding and visual attraction. It is possible to work out just how many transport cases are needed to protect your frames and graphics too. We can advise of the number of lighting fixtures that can be fixed to the pop up frames as well. Please do call and discuss your personal requirements and ideas 01256 768178.

A Variety of custom pop up stand design configurations can be made using different height display, curved and straight pop up display frames can be linked to produce some fantastic custom pop up exhibition stand designs. Each design is by quotation and can take some days to draw up and quote. Some of the most popular pop up display shapes are S shape, wave, Tri shaped or star, right angles and large curved or arced designs. A custom pop up stand is often decided upon as it allows the formation of a pop up booth at an exhibition or event. You can also inter change the pop up display stand heights opting for some at 3 quads high and others at 4 quads high creating a lot more style and interest in the finished exhibition stand layout. With custom pop up designs many are produced to be a 360 degree display and so the rear of the pop up systems can also have graphics fitted creating a double sided display, maximum branding and visual attraction. It is possible to work out just how many transport cases are needed to protect your frames and graphics too. We can advise of the number of lighting fixtures that can be fixed to the pop up frames as well. Please do call and discuss your personal requirements and ideas 01256 768178.

£5,000
Aluminum framed curved exhibition counter with graphic panels and white top.

Folding curved portable display counter ideal for exhibitions, events and trade show applications. The dimension for this counter are 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1072mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with a smart aluminium frame. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case.

Folding curved portable display counter ideal for exhibitions, events and trade show applications. The dimension for this counter are 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1072mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with a smart aluminium frame. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case.

£440
Freeform straight fabric display stand

Straight fitted fabric sock display stands. Prices include a carry bag, the freeform frame and a graphic that wont bend, tension fabric. A Freestanding tubular frame work that clips together, with stabilising feet. The system height is 2380mm, 3 standard width models 2.4m, 3m and 6 Metres. Please watch our video on this page to fully understand how this unique but flexible system works. Simply set up the modular frame work and pull the stretch fabric printed sock style graphic over, next draw across the zip to tension the fabric and your done, easy and quick too. The system dimensions for these straight freeform displays are, 2.4m Actual Size: 2350(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 2280(W) x 2330(H) mm 3m Actual Size: 2950(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 2910(W) x 2330(H) mm 6m Actual Size: 5950(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 5895(W) x 2330(H) mm Stabilising Feet 120(W) x 400(L) x6(H) mm Service time is 3-4 days standard but please check with us as our workload changes with the seasons. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Straight fitted fabric sock display stands. Prices include a carry bag, the freeform frame and a graphic that wont bend, tension fabric. A Freestanding tubular frame work that clips together, with stabilising feet. The system height is 2380mm, 3 standard width models 2.4m, 3m and 6 Metres. Please watch our video on this page to fully understand how this unique but flexible system works. Simply set up the modular frame work and pull the stretch fabric printed sock style graphic over, next draw across the zip to tension the fabric and your done, easy and quick too. The system dimensions for these straight freeform displays are, 2.4m Actual Size: 2350(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 2280(W) x 2330(H) mm 3m Actual Size: 2950(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 2910(W) x 2330(H) mm 6m Actual Size: 5950(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 5895(W) x 2330(H) mm Stabilising Feet 120(W) x 400(L) x6(H) mm Service time is 3-4 days standard but please check with us as our workload changes with the seasons. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£435
Ipad counter holder in black finish.

The iPad multi display range allows the iPad to be connected to a power supply, being fitted to a counter unit, work surface or table top. It is perfect at events where longer use may be required for permanent display within retail, showroom and visitor centre environments, all products within the range boast a cable management system and comes supplied with a power lead for immediate use. Designed for use with iPad 2,3,4,ipad Air 1 and 2. Contemporary styling with robust steel holder. Available in textured black or white finish Attractive high gloss facia Discreet management to point of exit of USB charging cable, adaptor and power lead Integral chrome push button security lock with two keys supplied Home button recess allows perfect balance between iPad access and security Comprehensive range of holder apertures for extensive iPad functionality Holder provides 360° swivel Holder tilts 90° UK 3 pin plug 1 year guarantee The dimensions of this unit are, Portrait: 206(w) x 95(d) x 322mm(h) and Landscape: 294(w) x 95(d) x 277mm(h) with a weight of 2.1 kgs. Single iPad Counter/PostTop mounting kit c/w fixing screw set. Enclosure finished in textured matt and high gloss acrylic fascia as standard with 3m power lead, iPad Holder supplied in black as standard, white as an option.

The iPad multi display range allows the iPad to be connected to a power supply, being fitted to a counter unit, work surface or table top. It is perfect at events where longer use may be required for permanent display within retail, showroom and visitor centre environments, all products within the range boast a cable management system and comes supplied with a power lead for immediate use. Designed for use with iPad 2,3,4,ipad Air 1 and 2. Contemporary styling with robust steel holder. Available in textured black or white finish Attractive high gloss facia Discreet management to point of exit of USB charging cable, adaptor and power lead Integral chrome push button security lock with two keys supplied Home button recess allows perfect balance between iPad access and security Comprehensive range of holder apertures for extensive iPad functionality Holder provides 360° swivel Holder tilts 90° UK 3 pin plug 1 year guarantee The dimensions of this unit are, Portrait: 206(w) x 95(d) x 322mm(h) and Landscape: 294(w) x 95(d) x 277mm(h) with a weight of 2.1 kgs. Single iPad Counter/PostTop mounting kit c/w fixing screw set. Enclosure finished in textured matt and high gloss acrylic fascia as standard with 3m power lead, iPad Holder supplied in black as standard, white as an option.

£95
Crowd control ropes with brass and chrome hooks

This is our range of standard 25mm velour economy ropes. The ropes are 1.8 metres long and fitted with spring loaded trigger hooks with a choice of polished brass or polished chrome ends. Our trigger hooks are designed to be used with Ropemaster posts and are covered with a 3 year warranty.

This is our range of standard 25mm velour economy ropes. The ropes are 1.8 metres long and fitted with spring loaded trigger hooks with a choice of polished brass or polished chrome ends. Our trigger hooks are designed to be used with Ropemaster posts and are covered with a 3 year warranty.

£17
Lighting truss banner stand

This build has been designed as a backdrop or rear wall at any exhibition or trade show event. This uses our 50mm diameter tube, spigot and pin system on additional 1m sq base plates, for stability. If you can not bolt into the floor, a single arch, portal or goal post as this design will need additional support. System 50 Trio is well suited to external events too. Banners should be made of mesh pvc banner to reduce wind pressure. This structure has dimensions of 6m x 2.5m high.

This build has been designed as a backdrop or rear wall at any exhibition or trade show event. This uses our 50mm diameter tube, spigot and pin system on additional 1m sq base plates, for stability. If you can not bolt into the floor, a single arch, portal or goal post as this design will need additional support. System 50 Trio is well suited to external events too. Banners should be made of mesh pvc banner to reduce wind pressure. This structure has dimensions of 6m x 2.5m high.

£1,394
System 35 Trio base / wall plate

Lighting truss, wall or base plate, 6mm thick aluminium with male conicals. Pins and retaining clips also included. Extends the height of a stand by a negligible 6mm. Base plates are required for legs, generally it is not necessary to bolt base plates to the floor on 4 and 6 leg structures which are normally designed to be self supporting. Some structures such as a goal post may require additional support, base plates can then be bolted to large base plates allowing them to be free standing. Please ask for detail or a cad drawing we are happy to help.

Lighting truss, wall or base plate, 6mm thick aluminium with male conicals. Pins and retaining clips also included. Extends the height of a stand by a negligible 6mm. Base plates are required for legs, generally it is not necessary to bolt base plates to the floor on 4 and 6 leg structures which are normally designed to be self supporting. Some structures such as a goal post may require additional support, base plates can then be bolted to large base plates allowing them to be free standing. Please ask for detail or a cad drawing we are happy to help.

£40
S5 Trio Gantry 90° Curve 1 Metre Radius Lighting Truss Corner

System 35 Trio Gantry Curve diameter 1M For a designer look to your gantry use a radius curve Very stylish for a flying lighting truss rig suspended in an exhibition or car showroom. 90° section S35 Trio Gantry 90° Curve 1 Metre Radius Lighting Truss Corner Create a "U" turn or a complete circle with 4 of these pieces.

System 35 Trio Gantry Curve diameter 1M For a designer look to your gantry use a radius curve Very stylish for a flying lighting truss rig suspended in an exhibition or car showroom. 90° section S35 Trio Gantry 90° Curve 1 Metre Radius Lighting Truss Corner Create a "U" turn or a complete circle with 4 of these pieces.

£220
Rotating display stand 100 kilos max load

Mains powered turntable withpower rings Maximum 4 amp (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW1000 will carry a flat concentric load of 100 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height. These units weigh 17 kilos. 240 volts Drive motor draws 15.5W

Mains powered turntable withpower rings Maximum 4 amp (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW1000 will carry a flat concentric load of 100 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height. These units weigh 17 kilos. 240 volts Drive motor draws 15.5W

£458
twist media banner stand with an Lcd screen fitted

Twist media banner stand complete with Vesa mount. The twist banner stand will take up to a 7 kilo AV screen. Price includes system, graphic, Vesa mount, light and hardware carry bag. The graphic size is 2000mm x 900mm. Adding an Lcd screen to a banner stand display allows an interactive element and an eye catch attraction too. This stand is part of a system and can be extended in width and height we can also turn corners and add curved or straight end caps to create a very smart fitted looking graphic display. Please ask for advice we will be happy to supply a drawing and bespoke quote. This style of banner display systems come in 4 widths and 3 heights. Call and discuss how a media banner stand could suit you. 01256 768178.

Twist media banner stand complete with Vesa mount. The twist banner stand will take up to a 7 kilo AV screen. Price includes system, graphic, Vesa mount, light and hardware carry bag. The graphic size is 2000mm x 900mm. Adding an Lcd screen to a banner stand display allows an interactive element and an eye catch attraction too. This stand is part of a system and can be extended in width and height we can also turn corners and add curved or straight end caps to create a very smart fitted looking graphic display. Please ask for advice we will be happy to supply a drawing and bespoke quote. This style of banner display systems come in 4 widths and 3 heights. Call and discuss how a media banner stand could suit you. 01256 768178.

£310
Carry bag

This is a range of carry bags created for carrying all sorts of exhibition equipment and display kit. Sizes are varied to enable the transportation of counters, plinths, display boards and many more materials used at exhibitions and trade show events. Strengthened carry bag options have extra webbing and shoulder straps, standard or basic bags just have carry handles (less webbing). Our image shows CAB115

This is a range of carry bags created for carrying all sorts of exhibition equipment and display kit. Sizes are varied to enable the transportation of counters, plinths, display boards and many more materials used at exhibitions and trade show events. Strengthened carry bag options have extra webbing and shoulder straps, standard or basic bags just have carry handles (less webbing). Our image shows CAB115

£49
Multi height plinth set arrangement

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£310
LED Floodlights 50W 100W 150W & 200W

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

£47
Stoplight rollable exhibition panels lay flat and easily portable

Rollable exhibition panels and roll up exhibition graphics for easy transportation. Our display graphics are printed and plasticised media to make a durable graphic, allowing a flat presentable display. Easily fitted with self adhesive hook tapes. We suggest that graphics are stored in a protective tube. Stoplight graphics are long lasting and also stop light penetration from the rear, ideal if graphics are placed near to windows or bright lights, bulbs etc. Prices are per linear metre 1 Metre wide. Order Wallcoverings-->

Rollable exhibition panels and roll up exhibition graphics for easy transportation. Our display graphics are printed and plasticised media to make a durable graphic, allowing a flat presentable display. Easily fitted with self adhesive hook tapes. We suggest that graphics are stored in a protective tube. Stoplight graphics are long lasting and also stop light penetration from the rear, ideal if graphics are placed near to windows or bright lights, bulbs etc. Prices are per linear metre 1 Metre wide. Order Wallcoverings-->

£30
Formulate fabric display stand

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, the lightweight formulate aluminium tube is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure very quickly. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, the lightweight formulate aluminium tube is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure very quickly. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£248
Formulate fabric display stand

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, the lightweight formulate aluminium tube is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure very quickly. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, the lightweight formulate aluminium tube is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure very quickly. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£248
Back drop graphic wall in exhibition truss.

Hire Exhibition Gantry systems. This back drop is ideal as a rear wall at any event or trade show. All portals or goal post structures must either be bolted into the floor or fitted to our large secondary base plates to give stability. This image shows a single aperture, but it is possible to set up longer structures and create a group of bays or apertures, our longest has been 10m. The dimensions for the structure shown are 2800m x 2445mm high. The price is for the trussing only, banner and lighting requirements are at additional cost. The truss hire, rental period is 5 days, longer time scale by quotation. All our systems are TUV rated. We are able to deliver all our exhibition gantry hire and rental systems across the UK we often have systems at events in exhibition halls such as the NEC, Excel, Olympia and London business design center. We also offer an installation and removal service by quotation. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your bespoke needs.

Hire Exhibition Gantry systems. This back drop is ideal as a rear wall at any event or trade show. All portals or goal post structures must either be bolted into the floor or fitted to our large secondary base plates to give stability. This image shows a single aperture, but it is possible to set up longer structures and create a group of bays or apertures, our longest has been 10m. The dimensions for the structure shown are 2800m x 2445mm high. The price is for the trussing only, banner and lighting requirements are at additional cost. The truss hire, rental period is 5 days, longer time scale by quotation. All our systems are TUV rated. We are able to deliver all our exhibition gantry hire and rental systems across the UK we often have systems at events in exhibition halls such as the NEC, Excel, Olympia and London business design center. We also offer an installation and removal service by quotation. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your bespoke needs.

£205
Stoplight rollable exhibition panels lay flat and easily portable

Rollable exhibition panels and roll up exhibition graphics for easy transportation. Our display graphics are printed and plasticised media to make a durable graphic, allowing a flat presentable display. Easily fitted with self adhesive hook tapes. We suggest that graphics are stored in a protective tube. Stoplight graphics are long lasting and also stop light penetration from the rear, ideal if graphics are placed near to windows or bright lights, bulbs etc. Prices are per linear metre 1 Metre wide. Order Wallcoverings-->

Rollable exhibition panels and roll up exhibition graphics for easy transportation. Our display graphics are printed and plasticised media to make a durable graphic, allowing a flat presentable display. Easily fitted with self adhesive hook tapes. We suggest that graphics are stored in a protective tube. Stoplight graphics are long lasting and also stop light penetration from the rear, ideal if graphics are placed near to windows or bright lights, bulbs etc. Prices are per linear metre 1 Metre wide. Order Wallcoverings-->

£30
Heavy duty rotating drive motor

CK 5000 and CK 7500 Models Built In Heavy Duty Turntable for Signage and Display 500 kg and 750 kg Turntable CK5000 and CK7500 for use as built in turntable indoor drive systems. The model CK5000 allows a central load of 500kg respectively 750kg maximum CK7500 Thanks to the traversing hollow shaft of this turntable the units can be used universally, for example driving a rotating showcase, rotary objects for indoor and outdoor publicity signage. (For outside use the turntable must be protected by the customer against water ice and snow) For exhibition objects and columns for publicity purposes in cities and public spaces either with or without slip ring rotating power transmission (electricity for the display such as lights) For outdoor use the wind surface has to be stated and must not exceed 1M square Features: Torsion Free :Traversing hollow shaft with inside diameter of 42mm Very silent Suited for both indoor and outdoor operation (with protection) Maintenance-free Safety clutch Rotating current transmission (slip rings) Turn table applicable also for up to 150 kg hanging load Technical Details: Total height: 132 mm Max. centric load: 500 kg (1,100 lbs) or 750 kg (1,650 lbs) Nominal Voltage: 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz, Optional 115 V, 60 Hz Nominal rating: 15 Watt Rotation speed: 1 rpm, direction clockwise Dead weight: 16 kg / 32 lbs Additional Equipment:: (On demand and on extra charge) Slip ring for rotating current transmission up to 4 ways (standard 4 amp), 8 amp in special design + protective Conductor Cycle operation / reversible operation Rotation: 1 rpm, counterclockwise Other rotation speed available on demand Manually change of rotation direction On / off switch Security construction for 500 kg hanging load available Subject to technical changes

CK 5000 and CK 7500 Models Built In Heavy Duty Turntable for Signage and Display 500 kg and 750 kg Turntable CK5000 and CK7500 for use as built in turntable indoor drive systems. The model CK5000 allows a central load of 500kg respectively 750kg maximum CK7500 Thanks to the traversing hollow shaft of this turntable the units can be used universally, for example driving a rotating showcase, rotary objects for indoor and outdoor publicity signage. (For outside use the turntable must be protected by the customer against water ice and snow) For exhibition objects and columns for publicity purposes in cities and public spaces either with or without slip ring rotating power transmission (electricity for the display such as lights) For outdoor use the wind surface has to be stated and must not exceed 1M square Features: Torsion Free :Traversing hollow shaft with inside diameter of 42mm Very silent Suited for both indoor and outdoor operation (with protection) Maintenance-free Safety clutch Rotating current transmission (slip rings) Turn table applicable also for up to 150 kg hanging load Technical Details: Total height: 132 mm Max. centric load: 500 kg (1,100 lbs) or 750 kg (1,650 lbs) Nominal Voltage: 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz, Optional 115 V, 60 Hz Nominal rating: 15 Watt Rotation speed: 1 rpm, direction clockwise Dead weight: 16 kg / 32 lbs Additional Equipment:: (On demand and on extra charge) Slip ring for rotating current transmission up to 4 ways (standard 4 amp), 8 amp in special design + protective Conductor Cycle operation / reversible operation Rotation: 1 rpm, counterclockwise Other rotation speed available on demand Manually change of rotation direction On / off switch Security construction for 500 kg hanging load available Subject to technical changes

£1,360
Multi height plinth set arrangement

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£310
The Efficio can be used inside or out 120 degree floodlight

Effico 2 White case Exhibition display Led floodlight may only draw 50 watts but wow its bright. With Led lighting fixtures the benefits are a day light colour range - no heat output, low power consumption and long lasting. These lights are ideal for use in the exhibition and display environment, the hasp allows any style of clamp, screw or bolt fixing method to fix the light in position on your exhibition stand or in your premises. mains powered White case IP65 rated Super Bright, but only 50 watts but equal to a 500 watt halogen Size is 260mm wide x 190mm high and 80mm deep 1.85 Kilos Need advice, 01256 768178.

Effico 2 White case Exhibition display Led floodlight may only draw 50 watts but wow its bright. With Led lighting fixtures the benefits are a day light colour range - no heat output, low power consumption and long lasting. These lights are ideal for use in the exhibition and display environment, the hasp allows any style of clamp, screw or bolt fixing method to fix the light in position on your exhibition stand or in your premises. mains powered White case IP65 rated Super Bright, but only 50 watts but equal to a 500 watt halogen Size is 260mm wide x 190mm high and 80mm deep 1.85 Kilos Need advice, 01256 768178.

£45
wheeled exhibition flight case

A true flight case, road trunk. These are proper on the road trunks a quality product for exceptional durability, aluminium extrusions on all edges. Hardware includes steel corners, recessed butterfly, steel flip handles and a hinging lid. 100mm swivel castors with heavy duty wheels, 2 braked, mounted on 18mm birch ply runners and 9mm hexaboard side panels. These cases come with foam lining too, built to order means supply times are approx 2 weeks. Sizes are internal dimensions. Perfect for transporting exhibition equipment within the UK and internationally, protect your exhibition kit when being transported to and from events. Estimated weights - CFRT4 30kgs, CFRT7 45kgs, CFRT8 55kgs, CFRT9 65kgs. Looking for custom size exhibition and event transport cases, ask for a quotation, 01256 768178.

A true flight case, road trunk. These are proper on the road trunks a quality product for exceptional durability, aluminium extrusions on all edges. Hardware includes steel corners, recessed butterfly, steel flip handles and a hinging lid. 100mm swivel castors with heavy duty wheels, 2 braked, mounted on 18mm birch ply runners and 9mm hexaboard side panels. These cases come with foam lining too, built to order means supply times are approx 2 weeks. Sizes are internal dimensions. Perfect for transporting exhibition equipment within the UK and internationally, protect your exhibition kit when being transported to and from events. Estimated weights - CFRT4 30kgs, CFRT7 45kgs, CFRT8 55kgs, CFRT9 65kgs. Looking for custom size exhibition and event transport cases, ask for a quotation, 01256 768178.

£460
Led track flood light in white

Super Bright but still only 37w, LED Display spotlights comparable to HQI 100W. For our single circuit lighting track systems and ceiling grid configurations, Designed for use when brightness is required. Correct Illumination is one of the most important sales aids money can buy, with built in drivers you can expect a lifespan of 50,000 hours. This is perfect for shops, museums modern showrooms where brightness matters. An exhibition stand must Available in Satin silver, black or white finish both LED track spots are fitted with an integral driver. This 37w version is nice and bright to keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in retail and shop outlet too, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. The 37W version has a comparable performance to 100W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 3239 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. 3 days supply time. Dont get left with a dull show, nothing is more important than the right lighting we are always happy to discuss your project and can also offer a full design backed by our manufacturers for large jobs

Super Bright but still only 37w, LED Display spotlights comparable to HQI 100W. For our single circuit lighting track systems and ceiling grid configurations, Designed for use when brightness is required. Correct Illumination is one of the most important sales aids money can buy, with built in drivers you can expect a lifespan of 50,000 hours. This is perfect for shops, museums modern showrooms where brightness matters. An exhibition stand must Available in Satin silver, black or white finish both LED track spots are fitted with an integral driver. This 37w version is nice and bright to keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in retail and shop outlet too, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. The 37W version has a comparable performance to 100W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 3239 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. 3 days supply time. Dont get left with a dull show, nothing is more important than the right lighting we are always happy to discuss your project and can also offer a full design backed by our manufacturers for large jobs

£165
White Led Unicity track light

White or Satin Silver or Black Fittings LED track spot with integral drivers, 15w power draw. The 15W is comparable performance to 100W Halogen, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, suppled c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 940 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. This 15w led spotlight has a smooth body, an ideal smart track spotlight for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

White or Satin Silver or Black Fittings LED track spot with integral drivers, 15w power draw. The 15W is comparable performance to 100W Halogen, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, suppled c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 940 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. This 15w led spotlight has a smooth body, an ideal smart track spotlight for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£90
29 watt Led spot light for lighting track

29w Led spotlight, Satin silver, black or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet environment, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2497 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

29w Led spotlight, Satin silver, black or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet environment, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2497 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

£155
Pop up display stand round tower with graphics

A round tower pop up display stand with quality graphics and lights on a collapsible pop up frame with magnetic bars. Ideal for use and promotions, presentations, events or an exhibition stand with limited floor space. An eye catching vertical display. Each pop up tower has a diameter of 650mm and comes with two stabilising feet You need a Pop Up Case to transport this unit. Our Pop up lights will fit three units are required. The standard 3 Quad Specification: Assembled dimensions : 2230mm high x 645mm diameter 2 Quad to 4 Quad heights- 1497-3696mm high Frame and graphics (Only) weight approx 14kgs Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178 We Recommend this carry case Please click: Pop Up Case And these lights Please click: LED Lights The standard budget case is a wheeled canvas over ply, carry case, Internal dimension: 85cm x 35cm x40cm, External – 92cm x 38cm x 42cm with a weight of approx 7kgs.

A round tower pop up display stand with quality graphics and lights on a collapsible pop up frame with magnetic bars. Ideal for use and promotions, presentations, events or an exhibition stand with limited floor space. An eye catching vertical display. Each pop up tower has a diameter of 650mm and comes with two stabilising feet You need a Pop Up Case to transport this unit. Our Pop up lights will fit three units are required. The standard 3 Quad Specification: Assembled dimensions : 2230mm high x 645mm diameter 2 Quad to 4 Quad heights- 1497-3696mm high Frame and graphics (Only) weight approx 14kgs Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178 We Recommend this carry case Please click: Pop Up Case And these lights Please click: LED Lights The standard budget case is a wheeled canvas over ply, carry case, Internal dimension: 85cm x 35cm x40cm, External – 92cm x 38cm x 42cm with a weight of approx 7kgs.

£250
Steel display plinth with graphics and locking door

Steel locking display plinth complete with replaceable graphic branding. Unit comes with a locking rear door (White) and two keys. Inside is one steel adjustable shelf and a drawer at the top. This compact unit comes ready made and provides an ideal secure storage location for all exhibition stands. Dead weight is 28 Kilos Overall high is 900mm with a 450x500mm Top Replaceable printed vinyl graphics to the sides and front are included in the price, please create artwork to 900mm high x 495mm wide for the front and 900mm high x 445mm wide for each side (2) The top of the unit has a 20mm upstand inside this is a replaceable top with a choice of colours. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

Steel locking display plinth complete with replaceable graphic branding. Unit comes with a locking rear door (White) and two keys. Inside is one steel adjustable shelf and a drawer at the top. This compact unit comes ready made and provides an ideal secure storage location for all exhibition stands. Dead weight is 28 Kilos Overall high is 900mm with a 450x500mm Top Replaceable printed vinyl graphics to the sides and front are included in the price, please create artwork to 900mm high x 495mm wide for the front and 900mm high x 445mm wide for each side (2) The top of the unit has a 20mm upstand inside this is a replaceable top with a choice of colours. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£325
Lighting clamp with bold

In every exhibition and display there is a need for easy fixing of lights This Lighting Clamp can save a lot of problems! The clamp is suitable for wall or tube dimensions up to 50mm thick, the clamp can be used with the screw hand knob facing forwards or backwards. Silver anodised product.

In every exhibition and display there is a need for easy fixing of lights This Lighting Clamp can save a lot of problems! The clamp is suitable for wall or tube dimensions up to 50mm thick, the clamp can be used with the screw hand knob facing forwards or backwards. Silver anodised product.

£7
18° Spotlight

The Powerspot 10CSW brings the right white tone to your stage or venue. It is equipped with 10 pieces LED which are build out of cool white, warm white and amber in one single chip ensuring perfect white balance. The white balance can be controlled between 2000K and 6000K and therefore makes the Powerspot 10CSW suitable for many applications. Smart White colour control Robust housing 3 and 5 pole XLR Light SourceLED Quantity 10x WW/CW/A High Power LED Beam angle 18° Lux @ 2m 4420 Lux Dimmer 0-100% Strobe 0-20Hz Electrical 100-240VAC 50/60Hz Max Power 56W Operation mode LCD display Control Features DMX, Built-in programs, Static Dimmer, Preprogrammed colours (LEE), Sound, Master/Slave DMX Channels 3,6,7 PhysicalDimensions 294 x 264 x 112mm Weight 2,8 Kg Housing Black painted aluminium. Fixture connections Pro Power connector 3/5 Pole XLR Cooling Convection IP Rating IP-20 Operation temperature -10° to 40° Mains lead 1.5M

The Powerspot 10CSW brings the right white tone to your stage or venue. It is equipped with 10 pieces LED which are build out of cool white, warm white and amber in one single chip ensuring perfect white balance. The white balance can be controlled between 2000K and 6000K and therefore makes the Powerspot 10CSW suitable for many applications. Smart White colour control Robust housing 3 and 5 pole XLR Light SourceLED Quantity 10x WW/CW/A High Power LED Beam angle 18° Lux @ 2m 4420 Lux Dimmer 0-100% Strobe 0-20Hz Electrical 100-240VAC 50/60Hz Max Power 56W Operation mode LCD display Control Features DMX, Built-in programs, Static Dimmer, Preprogrammed colours (LEE), Sound, Master/Slave DMX Channels 3,6,7 PhysicalDimensions 294 x 264 x 112mm Weight 2,8 Kg Housing Black painted aluminium. Fixture connections Pro Power connector 3/5 Pole XLR Cooling Convection IP Rating IP-20 Operation temperature -10° to 40° Mains lead 1.5M

£225
S35 Trio Lighting Truss 90° 2 Way

There are several types of 2 way corner for our lighting truss. The triangular structure of the system as rotated 180° turns the triangle into apex up or down. Please be careful when ordering, feel free to call for assistance. You can also design your own display stand using our user friendly modeling program. This particular corner is useful to create an aerial or flying rig (ceiling mounted) for lighting and hanging banners. 2 Way 90 degree truss junction S35C21. Supplied with a set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mmm x 184mm high.

There are several types of 2 way corner for our lighting truss. The triangular structure of the system as rotated 180° turns the triangle into apex up or down. Please be careful when ordering, feel free to call for assistance. You can also design your own display stand using our user friendly modeling program. This particular corner is useful to create an aerial or flying rig (ceiling mounted) for lighting and hanging banners. 2 Way 90 degree truss junction S35C21. Supplied with a set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mmm x 184mm high.

£90
S35 Trio Lighting truss 120° 2Way

A clever angular 2 Way 120° junction, S35TC22. We have a range of junctions with set angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved very simply indeed. With the use of a few specialist junctions you can create a one off structure, be it a floor standing truss system or an aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500x500x194mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

A clever angular 2 Way 120° junction, S35TC22. We have a range of junctions with set angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved very simply indeed. With the use of a few specialist junctions you can create a one off structure, be it a floor standing truss system or an aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500x500x194mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

£95
S35 Trio Lighting truss 135° 2Way

A rather special angular 2 Way 135° junction, S35TC23. We have a range of junctions with standard angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved quickly and simply. With these specialist junctions you can create a one off structure. Popular for uses in both floor standing truss system and aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 184mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

A rather special angular 2 Way 135° junction, S35TC23. We have a range of junctions with standard angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved quickly and simply. With these specialist junctions you can create a one off structure. Popular for uses in both floor standing truss system and aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 184mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

£95
S35 Trio lighting truss 90° Corner

If you are looking for a little difference in your lighting truss system go for an apex up or out structure. We have a range of junctions to achieve this. This is the 2 Way 90° apex out junction, S35TC24. We use this junction on an up and over arm or on a structure such as a goal post design. They frame a n apex banner very well. Complete with conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

If you are looking for a little difference in your lighting truss system go for an apex up or out structure. We have a range of junctions to achieve this. This is the 2 Way 90° apex out junction, S35TC24. We use this junction on an up and over arm or on a structure such as a goal post design. They frame a n apex banner very well. Complete with conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

£100
S35 Trio lighting truss 90° Corner apex in

This is by far the most popular 2 way 90° Corner, apex in S35TC25 used to create structures such as portals, goal post designs and up and over arms to frame large branded banners as we show in some of our sample truss designs. Again supplied with a set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm. We can help with your design, call Coker Expo 01256 768178 or buy on line, this item is fast delivery.

This is by far the most popular 2 way 90° Corner, apex in S35TC25 used to create structures such as portals, goal post designs and up and over arms to frame large branded banners as we show in some of our sample truss designs. Again supplied with a set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm. We can help with your design, call Coker Expo 01256 768178 or buy on line, this item is fast delivery.

£90
Folding plinth brushed aluminium.

Brushed aluminium fold flat display plinth - 400mm square top Various heights The folding column is 380mm square A very quick to assembly fold flat aluminium exhibition display plinth in brushed aluminium panels with 400mm square top. These plinth units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panels. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 700mm to 1200mm the top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Takes Vinyl graphic logos and text. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

Brushed aluminium fold flat display plinth - 400mm square top Various heights The folding column is 380mm square A very quick to assembly fold flat aluminium exhibition display plinth in brushed aluminium panels with 400mm square top. These plinth units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panels. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 700mm to 1200mm the top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Takes Vinyl graphic logos and text. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

£165
A free standing flexible display wall that can free form to create curves

This image shows two stealth banner stands and a flexilink graphic panel between the two stealth banner stands. If you are looking to create a freeform presentation display wall or back drop then the stealth banner system should be considered. A portable banner system that can form arounds corners and assume some interesting freeform designs allowing your display to stand out from the crowd. • Each stand can be joined together to form a continuous display, standard unit is 800mm wide • Flexible 600mm wide panel can be fitted between stands • LCD Screen option. Max 5 Kilos. • Complete with carry bag • Accepts Versatile banner light • Can be a single or double sided display. The flexible link can aid you to fit into a smaller exhibition booth or floor area but also bring a little difference to your presentation compared to other exhibitors stands.

This image shows two stealth banner stands and a flexilink graphic panel between the two stealth banner stands. If you are looking to create a freeform presentation display wall or back drop then the stealth banner system should be considered. A portable banner system that can form arounds corners and assume some interesting freeform designs allowing your display to stand out from the crowd. • Each stand can be joined together to form a continuous display, standard unit is 800mm wide • Flexible 600mm wide panel can be fitted between stands • LCD Screen option. Max 5 Kilos. • Complete with carry bag • Accepts Versatile banner light • Can be a single or double sided display. The flexible link can aid you to fit into a smaller exhibition booth or floor area but also bring a little difference to your presentation compared to other exhibitors stands.

£200
Folding Corner exhibition Counter

Coker Expo offer this Folding corner counter. The unit can be used as a stand alone corner unit but is primarily for use with straight exhibition counters in the range to form a stylish and practical end. Dimensions are: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 515mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. You can add your own graphics and bring personaliszed company and product branding to all these aluminium framed counter units. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Coker Expo offer this Folding corner counter. The unit can be used as a stand alone corner unit but is primarily for use with straight exhibition counters in the range to form a stylish and practical end. Dimensions are: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 515mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. You can add your own graphics and bring personaliszed company and product branding to all these aluminium framed counter units. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£250
Freeform curved fabric display stand

2 Sizes 2.4,and 3 Metre Wide with radius curve at 2425mm . Freeform Curved Fabric Display stand. Freestanding height is 2280mm - 2 width stands to chose from 2.4,and 3M Metre Single and double sided graphics options at the same price!. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand this unique freeform fabric display system. The frame is made from aluminium alloy poles that clip together in moments to assemble the structure. Once assembled it's easy to position the display and then apply the tailored graphic which slips over the display stand like a sock and then zips together along one edge. Service time is normally 5 days from receipt of your graphic file Packaged size 2.4 Metre Stand 930x270x210mm 6.5 Kilos Packaged Size 3.0 Metre Stand 800x265x265mm 6.6 Kilos For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 766234

2 Sizes 2.4,and 3 Metre Wide with radius curve at 2425mm . Freeform Curved Fabric Display stand. Freestanding height is 2280mm - 2 width stands to chose from 2.4,and 3M Metre Single and double sided graphics options at the same price!. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand this unique freeform fabric display system. The frame is made from aluminium alloy poles that clip together in moments to assemble the structure. Once assembled it's easy to position the display and then apply the tailored graphic which slips over the display stand like a sock and then zips together along one edge. Service time is normally 5 days from receipt of your graphic file Packaged size 2.4 Metre Stand 930x270x210mm 6.5 Kilos Packaged Size 3.0 Metre Stand 800x265x265mm 6.6 Kilos For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 766234

£349
4x4M trio Lighting truss stand

This example is 4M x 4M x3 Metres high. Utilising 50mm Trio Gantry with Quick fit conicals. No need for spanners to build this exhibition stand. Its fast and easy to build and can be re configured to a multitude of sizes as required, once you have a stand like this its the perfect building block for lighting banners and exhibition furniture. System 50 trio lighting truss, 4m x 4m x 3m high. System 50 as most other gantry stands enjoys the flexibility to be a different size configuration from show to show. 50mm diameter aluminium lighting truss systems can be used indoor and outdoors for events.

This example is 4M x 4M x3 Metres high. Utilising 50mm Trio Gantry with Quick fit conicals. No need for spanners to build this exhibition stand. Its fast and easy to build and can be re configured to a multitude of sizes as required, once you have a stand like this its the perfect building block for lighting banners and exhibition furniture. System 50 trio lighting truss, 4m x 4m x 3m high. System 50 as most other gantry stands enjoys the flexibility to be a different size configuration from show to show. 50mm diameter aluminium lighting truss systems can be used indoor and outdoors for events.

£2,900
Aluminium framed folding counter lightweight CDC12D

Showcase Reception Counter CDC12D Portable folding aluminium framed counter top showcase area complete with locking sliding doors and internal mid shelf. This unit has plain pvc panels fitted, the panels can be removed and refitted with branded graphics display panels please choose from the options below. Perspex glazed units are a fraction of the weight of glass showcases making this range completely unique dedicated portable exhibition counter. The base shelf is steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A secure perspex glazed display area for your products. Quality units that can easily updated with new panel finishes should you wish too in the future. A European manufactured quality product built to last, 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high Graphic panel sizes: Front 996mm wide x 778 high and two side panels and 433mm wide x 788mm high. Call for more Coker Expo 01256 768178

Showcase Reception Counter CDC12D Portable folding aluminium framed counter top showcase area complete with locking sliding doors and internal mid shelf. This unit has plain pvc panels fitted, the panels can be removed and refitted with branded graphics display panels please choose from the options below. Perspex glazed units are a fraction of the weight of glass showcases making this range completely unique dedicated portable exhibition counter. The base shelf is steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A secure perspex glazed display area for your products. Quality units that can easily updated with new panel finishes should you wish too in the future. A European manufactured quality product built to last, 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high Graphic panel sizes: Front 996mm wide x 778 high and two side panels and 433mm wide x 788mm high. Call for more Coker Expo 01256 768178

£675
aluminium gantry section

S50T 50mm Trio Lighting Truss Straight sections Range of sizes from 0.25 to 4 Metres long! Each section comes with one set of three conicals + pins and clips ready for easy connection to the next, this system is generally for large exhibition stands and has minimal deflection in horizontal lengths up to 18 Metres between legs depending on load required and the distribution of the load. S50T is suitable for exterior use and can also be powder coated. We can help please fell free to call for advice

S50T 50mm Trio Lighting Truss Straight sections Range of sizes from 0.25 to 4 Metres long! Each section comes with one set of three conicals + pins and clips ready for easy connection to the next, this system is generally for large exhibition stands and has minimal deflection in horizontal lengths up to 18 Metres between legs depending on load required and the distribution of the load. S50T is suitable for exterior use and can also be powder coated. We can help please fell free to call for advice

£80
Lighting gantry systems

A basic perimeter in System 35 Trio aluminium truss structure to dims of 6mm x 6m x 2.5mm high. This Aluminium structure is for a 6m sq floor area, ideal for events and exhibitions such as the bike show, to carry lights and graphics banners. The trussing uses a 35mm diameter tube, set up and break down are made easy thanks to the spigot and pin connection system used of this display system. Need a different floor area, just drop out a truss beam or two and create a smaller floor area, need to enlarge it, just buy an additional piece of truss, easy. Need a quote call 01256 768178.

A basic perimeter in System 35 Trio aluminium truss structure to dims of 6mm x 6m x 2.5mm high. This Aluminium structure is for a 6m sq floor area, ideal for events and exhibitions such as the bike show, to carry lights and graphics banners. The trussing uses a 35mm diameter tube, set up and break down are made easy thanks to the spigot and pin connection system used of this display system. Need a different floor area, just drop out a truss beam or two and create a smaller floor area, need to enlarge it, just buy an additional piece of truss, easy. Need a quote call 01256 768178.

£2,472
fabric graphic with PVC push in edges

BLACK BACK STRETCH FABRIC Soft stretch Front lit Fabric banners with silicon beaded edges stitched in for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. The black back prevents show through from and to other exhibits. We also print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames please ask for a quote for light boxes. Soft stretch fabric banners are supplied with silicone edging sewn in ready for easy fitting by the you into the channel on the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178. Service time is 5 days

BLACK BACK STRETCH FABRIC Soft stretch Front lit Fabric banners with silicon beaded edges stitched in for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. The black back prevents show through from and to other exhibits. We also print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames please ask for a quote for light boxes. Soft stretch fabric banners are supplied with silicone edging sewn in ready for easy fitting by the you into the channel on the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178. Service time is 5 days

£68
Flat pack white plinth

A very quick assembly fold flat white exhibition display plinth in white with 400mm square top. These pedestal units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel, spray painted white. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 300mm to 1200mm top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Note, that with the turntable top option the weight loading of the unit is 4kgs upon the revolving display. Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

A very quick assembly fold flat white exhibition display plinth in white with 400mm square top. These pedestal units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel, spray painted white. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 300mm to 1200mm top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Note, that with the turntable top option the weight loading of the unit is 4kgs upon the revolving display. Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

£150
Lighting gantry systems

A basic perimeter in System 35 Trio aluminium truss structure to dims of 6mm x 6m x 2.5mm high. This Aluminium structure is for a 6m sq floor area, ideal for events and exhibitions such as the bike show, to carry lights and graphics banners. The trussing uses a 35mm diameter tube, set up and break down are made easy thanks to the spigot and pin connection system used of this display system. Need a different floor area, just drop out a truss beam or two and create a smaller floor area, need to enlarge it, just buy an additional piece of truss, easy. Need a quote call 01256 768178.

A basic perimeter in System 35 Trio aluminium truss structure to dims of 6mm x 6m x 2.5mm high. This Aluminium structure is for a 6m sq floor area, ideal for events and exhibitions such as the bike show, to carry lights and graphics banners. The trussing uses a 35mm diameter tube, set up and break down are made easy thanks to the spigot and pin connection system used of this display system. Need a different floor area, just drop out a truss beam or two and create a smaller floor area, need to enlarge it, just buy an additional piece of truss, easy. Need a quote call 01256 768178.

£2,472
Quad S35 Backdrop banner stand

This exhibition backdrop is made form our Quad lighting gantry system. Two 800mm square steel base plates enable a goal post or portal structure to stand upright and be stable with out being bolted to the floor or fixed back to a wall. This example shown uses true 2 way 90 degree junctions but we can do this using our multi way box junctions too. The backdrop shown has dimensions of 5m x 2.5m high.

This exhibition backdrop is made form our Quad lighting gantry system. Two 800mm square steel base plates enable a goal post or portal structure to stand upright and be stable with out being bolted to the floor or fixed back to a wall. This example shown uses true 2 way 90 degree junctions but we can do this using our multi way box junctions too. The backdrop shown has dimensions of 5m x 2.5m high.

£940
Curved aluminium truss exhibition frame

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This curved build fits a floor area of 3.0M x 3.0M.However this design would be at home as a central feature on a larger floor area. The stand design can easily be extended to fit specific stand dimensions. We are happy to quote and discuss your display. The lightweight aluminium light truss makes clever use of System 35 gantry pieces together with a central connection box allowing 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted, the system can be decorated with banners and is the perfect support for display lighting and general stand lighting which as a central feature can illuminate a larger stand. The height can also be modified to suit this purpose. System 35 truss needs no spanners to assemble, the truss has precision fitting conical joins secured with tapered pins and safety clips. You can expect many years service with this stylish stand.

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This curved build fits a floor area of 3.0M x 3.0M.However this design would be at home as a central feature on a larger floor area. The stand design can easily be extended to fit specific stand dimensions. We are happy to quote and discuss your display. The lightweight aluminium light truss makes clever use of System 35 gantry pieces together with a central connection box allowing 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted, the system can be decorated with banners and is the perfect support for display lighting and general stand lighting which as a central feature can illuminate a larger stand. The height can also be modified to suit this purpose. System 35 truss needs no spanners to assemble, the truss has precision fitting conical joins secured with tapered pins and safety clips. You can expect many years service with this stylish stand.

£2,200
Linking banner stands in a row of 3 units

Coker Expo DL Plus roller banner system allows 2 or 3 banner stands to be linked together to create a large back drop for presentations and events. These pull up banner stands have a floor levelling ability too, achieved with adjustable feet and adjustable pole height the gap between banners is just 26mm. The system has a unique self locking magnetic base link. This linking roller banner system is available kits of 1, 2 or 3 systems. These pull up banners come complete with carry bags linking kits and graphics. The closest way to create a seemless back drop using portable roller banner stands. Single stand 850mm x 2000mm Double stand 1726mm wide Triple stand 2602mm wide Choice of end cap colours Blue Black Red Or Chrome Carry bag included Weight 5.5 kilos each. There is also an option spotlight for these pull up banner stands. Low voltage - 50w Full pivot head Cable management clip In-line transformer and power lead 3m long Want to know more? please watch the video on this page or call 01256 768178

Coker Expo DL Plus roller banner system allows 2 or 3 banner stands to be linked together to create a large back drop for presentations and events. These pull up banner stands have a floor levelling ability too, achieved with adjustable feet and adjustable pole height the gap between banners is just 26mm. The system has a unique self locking magnetic base link. This linking roller banner system is available kits of 1, 2 or 3 systems. These pull up banners come complete with carry bags linking kits and graphics. The closest way to create a seemless back drop using portable roller banner stands. Single stand 850mm x 2000mm Double stand 1726mm wide Triple stand 2602mm wide Choice of end cap colours Blue Black Red Or Chrome Carry bag included Weight 5.5 kilos each. There is also an option spotlight for these pull up banner stands. Low voltage - 50w Full pivot head Cable management clip In-line transformer and power lead 3m long Want to know more? please watch the video on this page or call 01256 768178

£195
Curved aluminium truss exhibition frame

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This curved build fits a floor area of 3.0M x 3.0M.However this design would be at home as a central feature on a larger floor area. The stand design can easily be extended to fit specific stand dimensions. We are happy to quote and discuss your display. The lightweight aluminium light truss makes clever use of System 35 gantry pieces together with a central connection box allowing 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted, the system can be decorated with banners and is the perfect support for display lighting and general stand lighting which as a central feature can illuminate a larger stand. The height can also be modified to suit this purpose. System 35 truss needs no spanners to assemble, the truss has precision fitting conical joins secured with tapered pins and safety clips. You can expect many years service with this stylish stand.

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This curved build fits a floor area of 3.0M x 3.0M.However this design would be at home as a central feature on a larger floor area. The stand design can easily be extended to fit specific stand dimensions. We are happy to quote and discuss your display. The lightweight aluminium light truss makes clever use of System 35 gantry pieces together with a central connection box allowing 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted, the system can be decorated with banners and is the perfect support for display lighting and general stand lighting which as a central feature can illuminate a larger stand. The height can also be modified to suit this purpose. System 35 truss needs no spanners to assemble, the truss has precision fitting conical joins secured with tapered pins and safety clips. You can expect many years service with this stylish stand.

£2,200
fabric graphic with PVC push in edges

BLACK BACK STRETCH FABRIC Soft stretch Front lit Fabric banners with silicon beaded edges stitched in for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. The black back prevents show through from and to other exhibits. We also print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames please ask for a quote for light boxes. Soft stretch fabric banners are supplied with silicone edging sewn in ready for easy fitting by the you into the channel on the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178. Service time is 5 days

BLACK BACK STRETCH FABRIC Soft stretch Front lit Fabric banners with silicon beaded edges stitched in for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. The black back prevents show through from and to other exhibits. We also print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames please ask for a quote for light boxes. Soft stretch fabric banners are supplied with silicone edging sewn in ready for easy fitting by the you into the channel on the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178. Service time is 5 days

£68
A pegasus banner stand with pvc banner graphic

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

£95
fabric graphic with PVC push in edges

BLACK BACK STRETCH FABRIC Soft stretch Front lit Fabric banners with silicon beaded edges stitched in for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. The black back prevents show through from and to other exhibits. We also print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames please ask for a quote for light boxes. Soft stretch fabric banners are supplied with silicone edging sewn in ready for easy fitting by the you into the channel on the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178. Service time is 5 days

BLACK BACK STRETCH FABRIC Soft stretch Front lit Fabric banners with silicon beaded edges stitched in for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. The black back prevents show through from and to other exhibits. We also print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames please ask for a quote for light boxes. Soft stretch fabric banners are supplied with silicone edging sewn in ready for easy fitting by the you into the channel on the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178. Service time is 5 days

£68
Curved aluminium truss exhibition frame

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This curved build fits a floor area of 3.0M x 3.0M.However this design would be at home as a central feature on a larger floor area. The stand design can easily be extended to fit specific stand dimensions. We are happy to quote and discuss your display. The lightweight aluminium light truss makes clever use of System 35 gantry pieces together with a central connection box allowing 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted, the system can be decorated with banners and is the perfect support for display lighting and general stand lighting which as a central feature can illuminate a larger stand. The height can also be modified to suit this purpose. System 35 truss needs no spanners to assemble, the truss has precision fitting conical joins secured with tapered pins and safety clips. You can expect many years service with this stylish stand.

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This curved build fits a floor area of 3.0M x 3.0M.However this design would be at home as a central feature on a larger floor area. The stand design can easily be extended to fit specific stand dimensions. We are happy to quote and discuss your display. The lightweight aluminium light truss makes clever use of System 35 gantry pieces together with a central connection box allowing 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted, the system can be decorated with banners and is the perfect support for display lighting and general stand lighting which as a central feature can illuminate a larger stand. The height can also be modified to suit this purpose. System 35 truss needs no spanners to assemble, the truss has precision fitting conical joins secured with tapered pins and safety clips. You can expect many years service with this stylish stand.

£2,200
A pegasus banner stand with pvc banner graphic

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

£95
Motorised display turntable for 200kg loads

Mains powered turntable without power rings (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW2000 motorised display turntable will carry a flat concentric load of 200 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm. Please see options below for drive motor types. These units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height. Manufactured to the highest standards and built to last, weighing 17 kilos. 240 volts Drive motor draws 15.5W. If you need advice on the application you have for a motorised display turntable please do feel free to call and discuss 01256 768178.

Mains powered turntable without power rings (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW2000 motorised display turntable will carry a flat concentric load of 200 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm. Please see options below for drive motor types. These units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height. Manufactured to the highest standards and built to last, weighing 17 kilos. 240 volts Drive motor draws 15.5W. If you need advice on the application you have for a motorised display turntable please do feel free to call and discuss 01256 768178.

£488
S35T31 Trio Lighting Gantry Apex Up Right

A trio 3 way apex up, right handed, lighting gantry junction, S35T31. Create a trussing system with a little different look to all the rest, go apex up and stand out form the crowd. All of our trussing comes with a set of conicals, pins and retaining clips, quick and easy set up and take down is assured.

A trio 3 way apex up, right handed, lighting gantry junction, S35T31. Create a trussing system with a little different look to all the rest, go apex up and stand out form the crowd. All of our trussing comes with a set of conicals, pins and retaining clips, quick and easy set up and take down is assured.

£166
Stertch fabric digital print

Back lit stretch fabric prints Soft stretch Back lit Fabric banners with silicon beaded edges stitched in for easy fitting to aluminium display frame with internal lights We also print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames please ask for a quote for light boxes. Back lit stretch fabric banners are supplied with silicone edging sewn in ready for easy fitting by the you into the channel on the aluminium frame in your light box profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178. Service time is 5 days

Back lit stretch fabric prints Soft stretch Back lit Fabric banners with silicon beaded edges stitched in for easy fitting to aluminium display frame with internal lights We also print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames please ask for a quote for light boxes. Back lit stretch fabric banners are supplied with silicone edging sewn in ready for easy fitting by the you into the channel on the aluminium frame in your light box profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178. Service time is 5 days

£78
Black Backed Reflector fabric for light boxes

Black Backed Reflector fabric for light boxes When Edge lit light boxes are used against a wall or as a free standing single sided unit it is recommended to use a white reflector with a black backing. The reflective sheets we offer come with sewn in silicon bead and the black back which prevents light spill onto other peoples stands while the inside of the sheet is white and will provide reflected light back to the front graphic for extra brilliance. Please select the size from the options panel below

Black Backed Reflector fabric for light boxes When Edge lit light boxes are used against a wall or as a free standing single sided unit it is recommended to use a white reflector with a black backing. The reflective sheets we offer come with sewn in silicon bead and the black back which prevents light spill onto other peoples stands while the inside of the sheet is white and will provide reflected light back to the front graphic for extra brilliance. Please select the size from the options panel below

£60
S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex up left hand

S35 Trio lighting truss has a huge range of specialist junctions as well as straight beam lengths. This one is a 3 way junction apex up, left handed S35TC32. Why not go for something away form the norm, opt for an apex up trussing system. Quick and easy fitting conicals, pins and clips, all supplied. Junctions have dimensions 500mm x 500mm. If you need a little advice to confirm your required components please call.

S35 Trio lighting truss has a huge range of specialist junctions as well as straight beam lengths. This one is a 3 way junction apex up, left handed S35TC32. Why not go for something away form the norm, opt for an apex up trussing system. Quick and easy fitting conicals, pins and clips, all supplied. Junctions have dimensions 500mm x 500mm. If you need a little advice to confirm your required components please call.

£166
S35 trio lighting truss 3 way apex down corner right hand

S35 trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex down corner right hand S35TC33. This junction is normally required for one top corner of a square build, you will normally use two right hand (these corners) and two left hand corners, these junctions turn on the down leg. This can be confusing, please call if you need to discuss if you wish. The junction will come with a set of fittings. Dimensions are 500x500x500mm.

S35 trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex down corner right hand S35TC33. This junction is normally required for one top corner of a square build, you will normally use two right hand (these corners) and two left hand corners, these junctions turn on the down leg. This can be confusing, please call if you need to discuss if you wish. The junction will come with a set of fittings. Dimensions are 500x500x500mm.

£130
Removable self adhesive graphic

Digital printing onto fabric with a repositionable self adhesive backing. This product can be applied to wood, glass, foam PVC and so on. It is easily removed and can be stored for future use. It can be used for so many promotional ideas, for example wrapping gantry legs, boxes, windows, counter units and straight to interior walls for temporary signage. It is easily removed without leaving any residue. Priced per square meter, call for more info or a quote 01256 768178

Digital printing onto fabric with a repositionable self adhesive backing. This product can be applied to wood, glass, foam PVC and so on. It is easily removed and can be stored for future use. It can be used for so many promotional ideas, for example wrapping gantry legs, boxes, windows, counter units and straight to interior walls for temporary signage. It is easily removed without leaving any residue. Priced per square meter, call for more info or a quote 01256 768178

£30
Removable self adhesive graphic

Digital printing onto fabric with a repositionable self adhesive backing. This product can be applied to wood, glass, foam PVC and so on. It is easily removed and can be stored for future use. It can be used for so many promotional ideas, for example wrapping gantry legs, boxes, windows, counter units and straight to interior walls for temporary signage. It is easily removed without leaving any residue. Priced per square meter, call for more info or a quote 01256 768178

Digital printing onto fabric with a repositionable self adhesive backing. This product can be applied to wood, glass, foam PVC and so on. It is easily removed and can be stored for future use. It can be used for so many promotional ideas, for example wrapping gantry legs, boxes, windows, counter units and straight to interior walls for temporary signage. It is easily removed without leaving any residue. Priced per square meter, call for more info or a quote 01256 768178

£30
S35 trio lighting truss 3 Way apex down corner left hand

S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction, apex down left hand S35TC34. Note that this corner junction has a turned leg, it is important to purchase 2 left and 2 right corner junctions to build a standard square or rectangular trussing structure. All our truss components come with a full set of fittings. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm x 500mm.

S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction, apex down left hand S35TC34. Note that this corner junction has a turned leg, it is important to purchase 2 left and 2 right corner junctions to build a standard square or rectangular trussing structure. All our truss components come with a full set of fittings. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm x 500mm.

£130
S35 3 way vertical T apex down

S35 Trio 3 Way vertical T junction apex down S35T35. This junction comes with a full set of conicals pins and clips. We use this junction to create a leg mainly, say in a trussing structure that requires six legs or more. You may also consider it for an aerial lighting truss that requires an apex in look. It has dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

S35 Trio 3 Way vertical T junction apex down S35T35. This junction comes with a full set of conicals pins and clips. We use this junction to create a leg mainly, say in a trussing structure that requires six legs or more. You may also consider it for an aerial lighting truss that requires an apex in look. It has dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

£130
Folding counter with showcase

This unit has a mid shelf included as shown, the lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high we can also make a lower height version please ask if this is important. The base shelf and top are steel with a powder coated white stove enamel finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products, (clear perspex is a fraction of the weight of a glass) The unit also has space below for storage together with the sliding locking doors makes this a perfect sales or reception desk very portable with changeable graphics. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This unit has a mid shelf included as shown, the lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high we can also make a lower height version please ask if this is important. The base shelf and top are steel with a powder coated white stove enamel finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products, (clear perspex is a fraction of the weight of a glass) The unit also has space below for storage together with the sliding locking doors makes this a perfect sales or reception desk very portable with changeable graphics. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£675
S35T36 Horizontal T Junction.

S35T36 is a trio horizontal T junction for system 35 trussing systems. Designed for use in structures where a horizontal beam is needed to traverse a floor area. May be to enable lighting fixtures to illuminate below or carry a projector system. It is very popular in aerial lighting rigs. Comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

S35T36 is a trio horizontal T junction for system 35 trussing systems. Designed for use in structures where a horizontal beam is needed to traverse a floor area. May be to enable lighting fixtures to illuminate below or carry a projector system. It is very popular in aerial lighting rigs. Comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

£130
Lighting truss exhibition stand square with top banner

System 35 Lighting Truss Exhibition gantry stand design Number 10. This build is for a floor area of 3m x 3m x approx 3400mm high, however this same design is the blueprint for a whole host of exhibition stand designs. This basic shape is 3x3 Metres but with System 35 exhibition gantry it is possible to re build in another configuration. Coker Expo hold a vast stock of gantry parts and accessories ready to allow for you to get creative, together with a plug and play daisy chain exhibition lighting solution and all the frills. The Exhibition gantry will define the display stand and give clear direction for mounting advertising banner medias, you can choose from fabric, pvc banners front or backlit displays. perfect for bright display lighting mounting together with somewhere to hide the cables. The triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Built to last for very many years System 35 truss will serve you well, it is arguably the best investment you will ever make in an exhibition stand! Want to know more? Call Coker Expo 0n 01256 768178

System 35 Lighting Truss Exhibition gantry stand design Number 10. This build is for a floor area of 3m x 3m x approx 3400mm high, however this same design is the blueprint for a whole host of exhibition stand designs. This basic shape is 3x3 Metres but with System 35 exhibition gantry it is possible to re build in another configuration. Coker Expo hold a vast stock of gantry parts and accessories ready to allow for you to get creative, together with a plug and play daisy chain exhibition lighting solution and all the frills. The Exhibition gantry will define the display stand and give clear direction for mounting advertising banner medias, you can choose from fabric, pvc banners front or backlit displays. perfect for bright display lighting mounting together with somewhere to hide the cables. The triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Built to last for very many years System 35 truss will serve you well, it is arguably the best investment you will ever make in an exhibition stand! Want to know more? Call Coker Expo 0n 01256 768178

£2,567
Lighting truss exhibition stand square with top banner

System 35 Lighting Truss Exhibition gantry stand design Number 10. This build is for a floor area of 3m x 3m x approx 3400mm high, however this same design is the blueprint for a whole host of exhibition stand designs. This basic shape is 3x3 Metres but with System 35 exhibition gantry it is possible to re build in another configuration. Coker Expo hold a vast stock of gantry parts and accessories ready to allow for you to get creative, together with a plug and play daisy chain exhibition lighting solution and all the frills. The Exhibition gantry will define the display stand and give clear direction for mounting advertising banner medias, you can choose from fabric, pvc banners front or backlit displays. perfect for bright display lighting mounting together with somewhere to hide the cables. The triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Built to last for very many years System 35 truss will serve you well, it is arguably the best investment you will ever make in an exhibition stand! Want to know more? Call Coker Expo 0n 01256 768178

System 35 Lighting Truss Exhibition gantry stand design Number 10. This build is for a floor area of 3m x 3m x approx 3400mm high, however this same design is the blueprint for a whole host of exhibition stand designs. This basic shape is 3x3 Metres but with System 35 exhibition gantry it is possible to re build in another configuration. Coker Expo hold a vast stock of gantry parts and accessories ready to allow for you to get creative, together with a plug and play daisy chain exhibition lighting solution and all the frills. The Exhibition gantry will define the display stand and give clear direction for mounting advertising banner medias, you can choose from fabric, pvc banners front or backlit displays. perfect for bright display lighting mounting together with somewhere to hide the cables. The triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Built to last for very many years System 35 truss will serve you well, it is arguably the best investment you will ever make in an exhibition stand! Want to know more? Call Coker Expo 0n 01256 768178

£2,567
S35T37 3 way Trio Lighting Gantry Junction

Special T Junction S35 T 37 This 3 way "T" piece is an apex up junction for system 35 trio gantry designs. Normally the Triangular apex would point downwards with a level flat top (two tubes level) on a piece of truss. This is one of our massive range of Exhibition gantry parts which allows creative design to flow, most Gantry systems start with a square or a rectangular design, but the gantry stand can be re-built often in a completely new design. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig. We will be pleased to offer assistance. There are several "T" pieces available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific as down legs can turn in different directions to achieve different structures. This one is often used the other way up to create a banner stand frame above the main exhibition stand. We will normally provide a scaled cad drawing without charge. S35T37 Specification: Size 500mm x 500mm x 500mm Weight 3 Kilos Complete with one set of connectors pins and clips For more info please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

Special T Junction S35 T 37 This 3 way "T" piece is an apex up junction for system 35 trio gantry designs. Normally the Triangular apex would point downwards with a level flat top (two tubes level) on a piece of truss. This is one of our massive range of Exhibition gantry parts which allows creative design to flow, most Gantry systems start with a square or a rectangular design, but the gantry stand can be re-built often in a completely new design. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig. We will be pleased to offer assistance. There are several "T" pieces available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific as down legs can turn in different directions to achieve different structures. This one is often used the other way up to create a banner stand frame above the main exhibition stand. We will normally provide a scaled cad drawing without charge. S35T37 Specification: Size 500mm x 500mm x 500mm Weight 3 Kilos Complete with one set of connectors pins and clips For more info please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£166
S35T38 3way Trio Gantry Junction

A popular 3 way junction S35T38 for system 35 lighting gantry structures that commonly require 6 legs or more. Note this one has a turned leg though. It is also seen in aerial light truss rigs to create an apex in look. As with all standard SYS35 junctions it dims are 500mm x 500mm and it comes with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

A popular 3 way junction S35T38 for system 35 lighting gantry structures that commonly require 6 legs or more. Note this one has a turned leg though. It is also seen in aerial light truss rigs to create an apex in look. As with all standard SYS35 junctions it dims are 500mm x 500mm and it comes with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

£130
S35T39 Apex up T Junction.

A system 35 Trio T junction apex up with a turned leg, S35T39. We use this truss T junction to send up a strut or upstand from a horizontal beam to create a frame work to encompass a banner above a trussing structure. Supplied with all required conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

A system 35 Trio T junction apex up with a turned leg, S35T39. We use this truss T junction to send up a strut or upstand from a horizontal beam to create a frame work to encompass a banner above a trussing structure. Supplied with all required conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

£166
Curved exhibition counter with gear edge hinge, range G.

Ideal for exhibitions and trade show events the gear Edge exhibition counter with a curved front panel display. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks to the clever hinge. A carry bag is included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 867mm(h) x712mm(w) Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

Ideal for exhibitions and trade show events the gear Edge exhibition counter with a curved front panel display. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks to the clever hinge. A carry bag is included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 867mm(h) x712mm(w) Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

£265
Gear edge display counter with graphics

Gear Edge exhibition display counter with glazed presentation top. This is the G range straight Unit designed for use on smaller exhibition floor areas. This display counter is a very clever unit that has a clear acrylic top display section with a 5mm foam board shelf to display your items at shows and events. The cupboard section has two sliding doors at the rear and the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks too a clever gear edge hinge system. A carry bag is included as standard with this display counter. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 622mm(h) x 685mm(w) Side panel: 622mm(h) x 136mm(w) Expect a 1 week supply time, call 01256 768178 to confirm a quicker requirement you may have.

Gear Edge exhibition display counter with glazed presentation top. This is the G range straight Unit designed for use on smaller exhibition floor areas. This display counter is a very clever unit that has a clear acrylic top display section with a 5mm foam board shelf to display your items at shows and events. The cupboard section has two sliding doors at the rear and the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks too a clever gear edge hinge system. A carry bag is included as standard with this display counter. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 622mm(h) x 685mm(w) Side panel: 622mm(h) x 136mm(w) Expect a 1 week supply time, call 01256 768178 to confirm a quicker requirement you may have.

£399
Round exhibition plinths with colour fabric finishes

Round fabric covered display plinths are ideal for use on exhibition stands and at trade show events as well as covered outdoor events. These exhibition display plinths are velcro friendly and available in a range of colours and two diameters. Plinth top finish options are woodgrain, silver, white or black. This style of plinth is made from MDF and then fabric covered in loop nylon to create a rollable curtain (tambour) or body wrap. Assembly is quick as these use the physique velcro method. Place the base former upon the floor, feed the durable tambour wrap around it resting on the routed lip and as the circle nears completion drop in the plinth top, hey presto ready to add the product or item you wish to display. Once attached to the top and bottom plates the unit becomes really solid and capable of great weight loading up to 60 Kilos. Display plinth production is up to 7 days. With the addition of a digitally printed graphic wrap you can create a very personalised pedestal or podium which is all the more eye catching when out on public display at an event or in a showroom. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Round fabric covered display plinths are ideal for use on exhibition stands and at trade show events as well as covered outdoor events. These exhibition display plinths are velcro friendly and available in a range of colours and two diameters. Plinth top finish options are woodgrain, silver, white or black. This style of plinth is made from MDF and then fabric covered in loop nylon to create a rollable curtain (tambour) or body wrap. Assembly is quick as these use the physique velcro method. Place the base former upon the floor, feed the durable tambour wrap around it resting on the routed lip and as the circle nears completion drop in the plinth top, hey presto ready to add the product or item you wish to display. Once attached to the top and bottom plates the unit becomes really solid and capable of great weight loading up to 60 Kilos. Display plinth production is up to 7 days. With the addition of a digitally printed graphic wrap you can create a very personalised pedestal or podium which is all the more eye catching when out on public display at an event or in a showroom. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£129
lighting gantry hire custom designs

Lighting truss hire, this amazing aluminium structure was for a 7m sq floor area it stood at 3.545mm high and each arm of the hexagon created a zone for a product element to be displayed within. Banners where set to the internal frame and made a storage area, but this could be a small office area too. Our truss is aluminium so light weight to work with and uses a quick connect spigot and pin system, no long winded nuts and bolts which can add hours to sep up and take down of any modular structure. If you require and installation and removal service our contractors can take of this for you too, ask for a quotation, 01256 768178. We can supply scale drawings, system certification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our exhibition lighting truss hire.

Lighting truss hire, this amazing aluminium structure was for a 7m sq floor area it stood at 3.545mm high and each arm of the hexagon created a zone for a product element to be displayed within. Banners where set to the internal frame and made a storage area, but this could be a small office area too. Our truss is aluminium so light weight to work with and uses a quick connect spigot and pin system, no long winded nuts and bolts which can add hours to sep up and take down of any modular structure. If you require and installation and removal service our contractors can take of this for you too, ask for a quotation, 01256 768178. We can supply scale drawings, system certification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our exhibition lighting truss hire.

£988
wedge display base assembled

The Wedge base display stand is designed to grip solid display panels and boards up to 1500mm high. A perfect solution for the display of graphic sign boards and signs, cut outs and double sided free standing displays. The silver grey powder coated steel base units are available in four widths and will cater for boards of dimensions of 300mm wide and up to 1500mm high. The wedge display stand base comes into its own supporting sign boards and is suited to eye catching cut out sign boards especially. This service is by quotation only please call and discuss your creative needs and time line 01256 768178

The Wedge base display stand is designed to grip solid display panels and boards up to 1500mm high. A perfect solution for the display of graphic sign boards and signs, cut outs and double sided free standing displays. The silver grey powder coated steel base units are available in four widths and will cater for boards of dimensions of 300mm wide and up to 1500mm high. The wedge display stand base comes into its own supporting sign boards and is suited to eye catching cut out sign boards especially. This service is by quotation only please call and discuss your creative needs and time line 01256 768178

£25
TTCSW2000 turn table with slip rings

Mains powered turntable with power rings (Max 4amp) (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW2000 will carry a flat concentric load of 200 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos.

Mains powered turntable with power rings (Max 4amp) (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW2000 will carry a flat concentric load of 200 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos.

£547
Glazed counter showcase portable

This folding display counter unit has a mid shelf and a clear perspex display shelf included, Perspex showcases are a fraction of the weight of glass units and so offer excellent portability. To assemble the units the front and side just fold out the top and shelves are plugged in and the doors are hooked on. lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag, please select from the drop down menus below. This is a European made quality product built to last. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high. The base shelf and top are steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products. Graphics are bonded and laminated to the panels as shown and are replaceable. More info? Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This folding display counter unit has a mid shelf and a clear perspex display shelf included, Perspex showcases are a fraction of the weight of glass units and so offer excellent portability. To assemble the units the front and side just fold out the top and shelves are plugged in and the doors are hooked on. lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag, please select from the drop down menus below. This is a European made quality product built to last. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high. The base shelf and top are steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products. Graphics are bonded and laminated to the panels as shown and are replaceable. More info? Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£678
Magnetic graphic panels

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

£90
Magnetic graphic panels

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

£90
S35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross

System 35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross junction, S35TC41 with dimensions of 500x500x500mm. This junction is pretty much only ever used in a horizontal plain. We use it to link cross beams in multiple legged structures and also aerial lighting truss designs. We can help design your exhibition system quickly and without charge, if we can help call 01256 768178 we have a specialist standing by.

System 35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross junction, S35TC41 with dimensions of 500x500x500mm. This junction is pretty much only ever used in a horizontal plain. We use it to link cross beams in multiple legged structures and also aerial lighting truss designs. We can help design your exhibition system quickly and without charge, if we can help call 01256 768178 we have a specialist standing by.

£155
S35T42 4way Trio Gantry Junction.

A 4 way junction S35T42 for system 35 truss builds. This junction has a leg and horizontal beam extension. This junction allows a horizontal beam to be added into your chosen design. For larger exhibition floor areas this now allows you to attach lights above the center of the floor area. Supplied with a set of connection conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

A 4 way junction S35T42 for system 35 truss builds. This junction has a leg and horizontal beam extension. This junction allows a horizontal beam to be added into your chosen design. For larger exhibition floor areas this now allows you to attach lights above the center of the floor area. Supplied with a set of connection conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

£160
S35T43 4way Junction Apex Up

A 4 way apex up junction with down leg and cross beam provision. This 4 way junction for system 35 trio gantry designs, gives an up and over, plus horizontal cross beam. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig we will be pleased to offer assistance. There are many similar junctions available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific, for example this junction is often used the other way up to create up and over cross and a horizontal cross we can provide a scaled cad drawing and assist you. The junction comes with the required connectors pins and clips.

A 4 way apex up junction with down leg and cross beam provision. This 4 way junction for system 35 trio gantry designs, gives an up and over, plus horizontal cross beam. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig we will be pleased to offer assistance. There are many similar junctions available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific, for example this junction is often used the other way up to create up and over cross and a horizontal cross we can provide a scaled cad drawing and assist you. The junction comes with the required connectors pins and clips.

£195
Lighting truss section Trio 44

S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner right hand, S35TC44. This junction is specifically for creating a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Note that if you are just using it to create a front raised banner area the horizontal strut comes out from the mid section. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in correlation with it. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with all conicals, pins and clips, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting systems

S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner right hand, S35TC44. This junction is specifically for creating a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Note that if you are just using it to create a front raised banner area the horizontal strut comes out from the mid section. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in correlation with it. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with all conicals, pins and clips, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting systems

£160
S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner left hand

SYS35 Lighting Truss junction, 4 way corner left hand S35TC45. A junction created for making a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Important, if you are just using it to make a front or rear raised banner area the horizontal strut comes from center of the junction. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in connection with the down leg. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with a set of fittings, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

SYS35 Lighting Truss junction, 4 way corner left hand S35TC45. A junction created for making a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Important, if you are just using it to make a front or rear raised banner area the horizontal strut comes from center of the junction. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in connection with the down leg. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with a set of fittings, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

£160
S35T47 Turned leg, 4 Way Junction

A turned leg junction in our trio lighting gantry, system 35 range, S35T47. This is a rather special turned leg junction, designed to be used to create a second tier display area of some kind in truss structures. It would most probably be seen in a six legged structure sending up a support to carry a central banner frame display area. Note that the horizontal extending struts from the center of this gantry junction, you may need a 153mm straight beam to connect to your leg. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, supplied with the required conicals, pins and clips.

A turned leg junction in our trio lighting gantry, system 35 range, S35T47. This is a rather special turned leg junction, designed to be used to create a second tier display area of some kind in truss structures. It would most probably be seen in a six legged structure sending up a support to carry a central banner frame display area. Note that the horizontal extending struts from the center of this gantry junction, you may need a 153mm straight beam to connect to your leg. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, supplied with the required conicals, pins and clips.

£195
Exhibition counter with gear hinging edges and graphic panels, white top.

Gear Edge folding exhibition display counter. Straight front Unit. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage with bag included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Units are 920mm High x 775mm wide and 405mm deep. Weight is 17.1 Kilos Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 867mm(h) x 685mm(w) Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

Gear Edge folding exhibition display counter. Straight front Unit. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage with bag included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Units are 920mm High x 775mm wide and 405mm deep. Weight is 17.1 Kilos Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 867mm(h) x 685mm(w) Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

£220
TTCSW3000 Turntable

Mains powered turntable without power rings (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW3000 will carry a flat concentric load of 300 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos.

Mains powered turntable without power rings (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW3000 will carry a flat concentric load of 300 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos.

£528
Centro exhibition counter with branded front display panel

Centro exhibition counter, perfect size for filling in forms whilst standing or viewing product brochures, ideal as a reception point. Constructed from aluminium, a quality frame makes this a robust stand alone counter great for shopping centres and repeated use. The unit is flat packed and easy to assemble with a magnetic fixing graphic panel included (visual graphic area: 757mm (w) x 999mm (h) if you need help with the design please call. The white laminated top can be fitted with an ipad or tablet holder if required Samsung and Ipad tablet holders Elegant curved counter designed to complement the Centro range. PDF instruction sheet below the unit is supplied with an socket key for rapid assembly Specifications Elegant high quality anodised aluminium curved modular counter Freestanding display with pearl white laminate counter top supplied Featuring ingenious new RotrLink post/base connection Overall height of 1025mm Footprint 1092(w) x 440mm(d) Size overall 1380mm (w) x 1025mm (h) x 530mm (d) Net weight 19.1kg 5 year guarantee on hardware For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Centro exhibition counter, perfect size for filling in forms whilst standing or viewing product brochures, ideal as a reception point. Constructed from aluminium, a quality frame makes this a robust stand alone counter great for shopping centres and repeated use. The unit is flat packed and easy to assemble with a magnetic fixing graphic panel included (visual graphic area: 757mm (w) x 999mm (h) if you need help with the design please call. The white laminated top can be fitted with an ipad or tablet holder if required Samsung and Ipad tablet holders Elegant curved counter designed to complement the Centro range. PDF instruction sheet below the unit is supplied with an socket key for rapid assembly Specifications Elegant high quality anodised aluminium curved modular counter Freestanding display with pearl white laminate counter top supplied Featuring ingenious new RotrLink post/base connection Overall height of 1025mm Footprint 1092(w) x 440mm(d) Size overall 1380mm (w) x 1025mm (h) x 530mm (d) Net weight 19.1kg 5 year guarantee on hardware For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£305
Pop up display with fabric graphics permanently fitted

Becoming popular, fabric hop up display stand or hop up display as it is known is a truly simple straight pop up display system and is actually a little lighter in weight than traditional pop up displays which use stoplight media and laminates which are heavy. Also being a one piece fabric graphic there is no alignment of image to be done as across single drop graphic panels. Just unfold the frame with the fabric graphic already fitted The hop up has its fabric graphic already fitted to the frame work using velcro, this means that the graphic could be removed and cleaned if so required at some time. Just take the system from the wheeled carry bag supplied, pop it up by extending the frame and locking in the frame braces which are very obvious and hey presto your fabric back drop is up and your presentation under way in moments. A single person operation which makes a hop up ideal for smaller trade show events, exhibition applications and promotions out and about. Supplied in a carry case. Please call 01256 768178 for info on file supply. This folding pop up stand will take approximately 1 week in house to produce. Widths options from 1505mm - 2960mm wide x 2225mm high.

Becoming popular, fabric hop up display stand or hop up display as it is known is a truly simple straight pop up display system and is actually a little lighter in weight than traditional pop up displays which use stoplight media and laminates which are heavy. Also being a one piece fabric graphic there is no alignment of image to be done as across single drop graphic panels. Just unfold the frame with the fabric graphic already fitted The hop up has its fabric graphic already fitted to the frame work using velcro, this means that the graphic could be removed and cleaned if so required at some time. Just take the system from the wheeled carry bag supplied, pop it up by extending the frame and locking in the frame braces which are very obvious and hey presto your fabric back drop is up and your presentation under way in moments. A single person operation which makes a hop up ideal for smaller trade show events, exhibition applications and promotions out and about. Supplied in a carry case. Please call 01256 768178 for info on file supply. This folding pop up stand will take approximately 1 week in house to produce. Widths options from 1505mm - 2960mm wide x 2225mm high.

£365
Barracuda single sided roller banner stand 7 Models

The Coker Expo Barracuda banner stand is a spring tensioned roller banner display system, with a visible graphic area of 2130mm high. We have 6 models in the range. 600mm to 2400mm wide The system weight is 6 kilos on the most common 800mm stand rising to 12 kilos at 2.5 Metres wide. This silver grey anodised aluminium alloy base units also incorporates two adjustable feet ensuring an upright presentation with a easy to use telescopic pole to support your banner. Units 600mm to 1200mm come complete with a graphic printed to melinex with pigmented inks, this is purported to give 100 year dye stability according to the ink manufacturers! The melinex product has proved to be the best media available for anti curling banners. The larger models come complete with a graphic printed on 500gram PVC banner which is extremely durable. Note: At Coker Expo awe are continually upgrading our products and the poles now have a telescopic top section making. The total height including the base and top pole is 2200mm and can be incrementally lowered with the adjustable telescopic pole to 1600mm meaning this stand can be safely deployed at Hotels Schools and reception areas without the worry the it may not fit or touch the ceiling. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi Coker Expo Barracuda has a visual area 2110mm high x the width of your choice. Please add to the design 150mm below the image and 15mm above the image for the top banner bar and the pull up roller banner system. these areas should include any background colour or image which could be slightly visual. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. Production time is around three days from receipt of artwork files. All units in this range are supplied with a padded carry bag PDF information file below A question? Please call 01256 768178.

The Coker Expo Barracuda banner stand is a spring tensioned roller banner display system, with a visible graphic area of 2130mm high. We have 6 models in the range. 600mm to 2400mm wide The system weight is 6 kilos on the most common 800mm stand rising to 12 kilos at 2.5 Metres wide. This silver grey anodised aluminium alloy base units also incorporates two adjustable feet ensuring an upright presentation with a easy to use telescopic pole to support your banner. Units 600mm to 1200mm come complete with a graphic printed to melinex with pigmented inks, this is purported to give 100 year dye stability according to the ink manufacturers! The melinex product has proved to be the best media available for anti curling banners. The larger models come complete with a graphic printed on 500gram PVC banner which is extremely durable. Note: At Coker Expo awe are continually upgrading our products and the poles now have a telescopic top section making. The total height including the base and top pole is 2200mm and can be incrementally lowered with the adjustable telescopic pole to 1600mm meaning this stand can be safely deployed at Hotels Schools and reception areas without the worry the it may not fit or touch the ceiling. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi Coker Expo Barracuda has a visual area 2110mm high x the width of your choice. Please add to the design 150mm below the image and 15mm above the image for the top banner bar and the pull up roller banner system. these areas should include any background colour or image which could be slightly visual. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. Production time is around three days from receipt of artwork files. All units in this range are supplied with a padded carry bag PDF information file below A question? Please call 01256 768178.

£120
Race start line in Trio gantry.

This Start Line can be made in a variety of sizes, please select the option below as required. We can also produce banners if required by quotation. Banners are not included in the cost. This product can also be hired. Standard size 3.5 meters high x 3 meters wide. The B1 Build must be weighted down and or, staked and secured to the ground for safety.

This Start Line can be made in a variety of sizes, please select the option below as required. We can also produce banners if required by quotation. Banners are not included in the cost. This product can also be hired. Standard size 3.5 meters high x 3 meters wide. The B1 Build must be weighted down and or, staked and secured to the ground for safety.

£3,000
S35T51 5Way Lighting Gantry Junction.

A 5 way trio junction for system 35 lighting gantries. There is a lot going on with this gantry junction, legs down, horizontal beams out and support struts for raising up. Your structure is going going to be impressive and very eye catching, no doubt incorporating many apertures to frame branded banners. Each of our junctions come with a set of conicals, pins and clips. Even this impressive piece of engineering still has dims of 500mm x 500m.

A 5 way trio junction for system 35 lighting gantries. There is a lot going on with this gantry junction, legs down, horizontal beams out and support struts for raising up. Your structure is going going to be impressive and very eye catching, no doubt incorporating many apertures to frame branded banners. Each of our junctions come with a set of conicals, pins and clips. Even this impressive piece of engineering still has dims of 500mm x 500m.

£195
S35T52 Apex up 5way Junction

This 5 Way, apex up trio junction is part of our system 35 lighting gantry range. A junction as this can be used on a support leg if you wish to have an apex up lighting truss structure or rotated for apex down. Then it is used most likely in a horizontal cross beam to send up a supporting beam to carry a second tier. Please do call and discuss your ideas with us. S35T52 junction has dims of 500mm x 500m.

This 5 Way, apex up trio junction is part of our system 35 lighting gantry range. A junction as this can be used on a support leg if you wish to have an apex up lighting truss structure or rotated for apex down. Then it is used most likely in a horizontal cross beam to send up a supporting beam to carry a second tier. Please do call and discuss your ideas with us. S35T52 junction has dims of 500mm x 500m.

£255
S35T53 5 Way Trio Center Leg Junction.

The S35T535 junction is another impressive 5 way, this time with a down leg. Generally for a central leg position in a larger multi legged lighting gantry design with multiple horizontal beams this 5 way junction allows the user great creativity. The junction has 5 possible connection points but you don't have to use them all! non required ends can be smartly finished with mushroom domes, or left pointing upwards to create a castle theme. Conicals, pins and clips come supplied, dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm high.

The S35T535 junction is another impressive 5 way, this time with a down leg. Generally for a central leg position in a larger multi legged lighting gantry design with multiple horizontal beams this 5 way junction allows the user great creativity. The junction has 5 possible connection points but you don't have to use them all! non required ends can be smartly finished with mushroom domes, or left pointing upwards to create a castle theme. Conicals, pins and clips come supplied, dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm high.

£255
Budget graphics drum for exhibition graphics.

Range of polyethylene drums for graphics, range of sizes available, all in a black finish. Handy for carrying and protection of light weight items in storage or on its way to an exhibition or event. An economy case that will afford protection to your graphics at a low cost investment. Actual Weights from 1.8kgs to 2.8kgs.

Range of polyethylene drums for graphics, range of sizes available, all in a black finish. Handy for carrying and protection of light weight items in storage or on its way to an exhibition or event. An economy case that will afford protection to your graphics at a low cost investment. Actual Weights from 1.8kgs to 2.8kgs.

£53
Hampshire banner stand errect

Hampshire pop up roller banner stand is if anything the most standard robust banner stand available, due to its unrivalled success it is available in Eighteen models from 600mm wide to 2.9 Metres! including single and double sided units. These pull up roller banner stand units arrive in a padded carry bag (excluding 2.9M wide models.) Visual height is 1.8M for 600mm models. For 800mm-2M wide The height is 2.145mm and 2.4 M high for Models 2.4-2.9M wide. Banner Graphics on Units 600-1500 mm wide are printed on stoplight to prevent accidental backlighting the material used is highly resistant to curling, the most successful anti curl material we have found. The Images are printed using pigmented inks and according to our suppliers this will give 100 years anti fade dye stability! Units 2000mm wide- 2900mm are printed on PVC material. Service time for pop up banner stands is normally 3 days in house on the 600-1500mm ranges and 5 days on 2000mm + models. Larger pull up roller banner stand models are made to order, please call for production times 01256 768178. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk. We are here to help so please call 01256 768178.

Hampshire pop up roller banner stand is if anything the most standard robust banner stand available, due to its unrivalled success it is available in Eighteen models from 600mm wide to 2.9 Metres! including single and double sided units. These pull up roller banner stand units arrive in a padded carry bag (excluding 2.9M wide models.) Visual height is 1.8M for 600mm models. For 800mm-2M wide The height is 2.145mm and 2.4 M high for Models 2.4-2.9M wide. Banner Graphics on Units 600-1500 mm wide are printed on stoplight to prevent accidental backlighting the material used is highly resistant to curling, the most successful anti curl material we have found. The Images are printed using pigmented inks and according to our suppliers this will give 100 years anti fade dye stability! Units 2000mm wide- 2900mm are printed on PVC material. Service time for pop up banner stands is normally 3 days in house on the 600-1500mm ranges and 5 days on 2000mm + models. Larger pull up roller banner stand models are made to order, please call for production times 01256 768178. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk. We are here to help so please call 01256 768178.

£65
Heavy duty display turntable loads to 300 kilos

Mains powered heavy duty display turntable with power rings Max 4amp Power output for display item ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW3000 will carry a flat concentric load of 300 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos. Need to know more? Please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

Mains powered heavy duty display turntable with power rings Max 4amp Power output for display item ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW3000 will carry a flat concentric load of 300 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos. Need to know more? Please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£587
S35T23 Special 3 Way Junction

A special 3 way leg junction with 135 degrees of angled horizontal beams, S35T23. Now you can create a whole bunch of angular designs with ease in system 35 trussing. This junction is often used in the construction of towers, each leg creating an aperture to frame a large Pvc branded banner. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

A special 3 way leg junction with 135 degrees of angled horizontal beams, S35T23. Now you can create a whole bunch of angular designs with ease in system 35 trussing. This junction is often used in the construction of towers, each leg creating an aperture to frame a large Pvc branded banner. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

£184
Over head race start line in Trio truss.

This event start line incorporates side fences for extra style plus media banner support and safety. Clamp in support poles fix to the uprights to enable the fixing of banners or sign boards. The modular design can be built in a variety of sizes this one shown is 5 meters wide overall by 3.5m deep and 3.5 meters high. Banners can also be provided (not included) by quotation. This product can also be hired. Truss systems used external amy need additional base weighting and or guy lines.

This event start line incorporates side fences for extra style plus media banner support and safety. Clamp in support poles fix to the uprights to enable the fixing of banners or sign boards. The modular design can be built in a variety of sizes this one shown is 5 meters wide overall by 3.5m deep and 3.5 meters high. Banners can also be provided (not included) by quotation. This product can also be hired. Truss systems used external amy need additional base weighting and or guy lines.

£3,028
Midi banner stand for dektop

Desk top Midi is a roller banner stand at only 400mm wide designed for countertop use. The graphic is rolled inside exactly as a normal roller banner, it comes with a carry bag and offers 4 height configurations 400mm, 800mm 1200mm and 1600mm.The poles supplied come in 4 pieces and plug together to give the desired height for your promotion. Want to know more Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Desk top Midi is a roller banner stand at only 400mm wide designed for countertop use. The graphic is rolled inside exactly as a normal roller banner, it comes with a carry bag and offers 4 height configurations 400mm, 800mm 1200mm and 1600mm.The poles supplied come in 4 pieces and plug together to give the desired height for your promotion. Want to know more Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£60
Pop up case graphic wrap

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

£75
Banner stand light LED chrome clip on

Ciri 5W LED Banner stand light has a smart quality chrome finish. A mains powered light fitting with a bulldog clip for clamping to banner stand poles. The lighting head sits upon a sleek curving arm and can be rotated and swivelled to suit the banner stand. The fixture comes with a 2.5 metre mains lead with a UK plug.

Ciri 5W LED Banner stand light has a smart quality chrome finish. A mains powered light fitting with a bulldog clip for clamping to banner stand poles. The lighting head sits upon a sleek curving arm and can be rotated and swivelled to suit the banner stand. The fixture comes with a 2.5 metre mains lead with a UK plug.

£35
black iec splitter block

One in and two out daisy splitter block, made for an easy daisy chain plug and play, series lighting configurations. No need to struggle with this daisy lighting solution you can power multiple lights from one mains lead. allows rapid easy lighting installations one feed in and one extension to the next light. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

One in and two out daisy splitter block, made for an easy daisy chain plug and play, series lighting configurations. No need to struggle with this daisy lighting solution you can power multiple lights from one mains lead. allows rapid easy lighting installations one feed in and one extension to the next light. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£9
Pop up case graphic wrap

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

£75
CG Counter Top Glass

CG Counter Top Glass 3 Glass shelves, Locking hinged door Unit is 705mm high x360x300mm deep 3x 7mm glass shelves + white faced Mdf base lass top Lock with two keys 16.7 Kilos Watch Video Delivery Calculation ###Click Here for Google Maps and Enter Our Postcode RG27 9NY and yours

CG Counter Top Glass 3 Glass shelves, Locking hinged door Unit is 705mm high x360x300mm deep 3x 7mm glass shelves + white faced Mdf base lass top Lock with two keys 16.7 Kilos Watch Video Delivery Calculation ###Click Here for Google Maps and Enter Our Postcode RG27 9NY and yours

£210
An event, race start line in Trio gantry

This is a very cost effective start line for events and races. The image shown is 5m over all width, 2.5m depth and 3.5 meters high. The unit takes only 40 minutes to assemble and can fit into an estate car with a maximum length piece of gantry at 2m. This trio system 35 structure may need additional base weighting and or guy lines to secure according to outdoor weather conditions. Banners shown are available by quotation, advised to use mesh pvc. Guy lines and stakes are another option, so too bolting the structure to a suitable ground surface.

This is a very cost effective start line for events and races. The image shown is 5m over all width, 2.5m depth and 3.5 meters high. The unit takes only 40 minutes to assemble and can fit into an estate car with a maximum length piece of gantry at 2m. This trio system 35 structure may need additional base weighting and or guy lines to secure according to outdoor weather conditions. Banners shown are available by quotation, advised to use mesh pvc. Guy lines and stakes are another option, so too bolting the structure to a suitable ground surface.

£2,185
Pop up case graphic wrap

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

£75
Display turntable mains powered for up to 50 Kilos

Rotating Display mains Powered, the TTC500SR will rotate up to 50 kilos balanced load. TTC500 units have screw fixing holes to secure down and a rotating platform with mounting holes for the product display. Rotating at 2.5 rpm.The display stand is fitted with slip rings which supply power up to 4 amps to the display useful for display lighting. The dimensions for this display unit are 230mm rotating turn plate with a 300mm base, the unit stands 100mm high, fitted with a power outlet at up to 4A. Please note that this unit can also be used upside down the weight loading will be reduced to 25 kilos maximum. We can make units that will operate at 1 rpm or counter clockwise. We can also fit a separate power cord for the slip rings to give individual control Units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, It is also possible to use this turntable for ceiling and wall mounted applications 25 kg hanging load ceiling mounted Wall mounting possible maximum load by advice perfect balance is essential Advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

Rotating Display mains Powered, the TTC500SR will rotate up to 50 kilos balanced load. TTC500 units have screw fixing holes to secure down and a rotating platform with mounting holes for the product display. Rotating at 2.5 rpm.The display stand is fitted with slip rings which supply power up to 4 amps to the display useful for display lighting. The dimensions for this display unit are 230mm rotating turn plate with a 300mm base, the unit stands 100mm high, fitted with a power outlet at up to 4A. Please note that this unit can also be used upside down the weight loading will be reduced to 25 kilos maximum. We can make units that will operate at 1 rpm or counter clockwise. We can also fit a separate power cord for the slip rings to give individual control Units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, It is also possible to use this turntable for ceiling and wall mounted applications 25 kg hanging load ceiling mounted Wall mounting possible maximum load by advice perfect balance is essential Advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

£328
Branded round display plinth

Round graphic display plinth, complete with digitally printed branded laminated body graphics. The most popular method of displaying your product at an exhibition or trade show event is by using a branded display plinth. This round graphic display plinth is available in various heights (standard is 1M), plus a choice of diameters from 500 to 700mm. Pedestal and podium units are designed to be easily portable and put together in a few moments. You can also store items inside of these podiums on your exhibition stand, if you need the items out, simply peel part of the graphic wrap away and grab the item. Components consist of top, base, 4 x poles and a body graphic wrap. Hand bolt the legs to the base of the plinth and tighten the smart chromed top studs. No need for tools. Full graphic covers the main body of the plinth attaching with velcro, finished with a choice of top colours. Our graphic display plinths can support a product display weight load of 60 kilos. These items take approximately 4 days in house to produce. Please call for quicker lead times if required. Custom units also available by quotation. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Round graphic display plinth, complete with digitally printed branded laminated body graphics. The most popular method of displaying your product at an exhibition or trade show event is by using a branded display plinth. This round graphic display plinth is available in various heights (standard is 1M), plus a choice of diameters from 500 to 700mm. Pedestal and podium units are designed to be easily portable and put together in a few moments. You can also store items inside of these podiums on your exhibition stand, if you need the items out, simply peel part of the graphic wrap away and grab the item. Components consist of top, base, 4 x poles and a body graphic wrap. Hand bolt the legs to the base of the plinth and tighten the smart chromed top studs. No need for tools. Full graphic covers the main body of the plinth attaching with velcro, finished with a choice of top colours. Our graphic display plinths can support a product display weight load of 60 kilos. These items take approximately 4 days in house to produce. Please call for quicker lead times if required. Custom units also available by quotation. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£175
TTC500NP Turntable

Rotating Display mains Powered, the TTC500NP will rotate up to 50 kilos balanced load. TTC500 units have screw fixing holes to secure down and a rotating platform with mounting holes for the product display. Rotating at 2.5 rpm.This display stand is not fitted with slip rings The dimensions for this display unit are 230mm rotating turn plate with a 300mm base, the unit stands 100mm high, Please note that this unit can also be used upside down the weight loading will be reduced to 25 kilos maximum. We can make units that will operate at 1 rpm or counter clockwise. Units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, It is also possible to use this turntable for ceiling and wall mounted applications 25 kg hanging load ceiling mounted Wall mounting possible maximum load by advice perfect balance is essential Advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

Rotating Display mains Powered, the TTC500NP will rotate up to 50 kilos balanced load. TTC500 units have screw fixing holes to secure down and a rotating platform with mounting holes for the product display. Rotating at 2.5 rpm.This display stand is not fitted with slip rings The dimensions for this display unit are 230mm rotating turn plate with a 300mm base, the unit stands 100mm high, Please note that this unit can also be used upside down the weight loading will be reduced to 25 kilos maximum. We can make units that will operate at 1 rpm or counter clockwise. Units are rated in Kilos for balanced concentric loads but please note the size of your display can effect the torque on the turntable bearing by many times so requiring a much larger weight capacity turntable for the application.The load also needs to be balanced so please consider counter weights if necessary. We suggest you purchase a sample and test your particular revolving display well, prior to quantity orders. All of our mains power turntables are fitted with safety clutches to comply with EC regulations.Display turntables must not be rotated manually as this can damage the gears, if your display is in a public area this can happen, please discuss your actual application, It is also possible to use this turntable for ceiling and wall mounted applications 25 kg hanging load ceiling mounted Wall mounting possible maximum load by advice perfect balance is essential Advise is free at Coker Exhibition Systems so call 01256 768178.

£285
42w Led track light fitting in white

Very bright LED track spot with integral driver available in white, black and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight With Cool white light out put at 3922 Lumens Or Warm white at 3709 Lumens. Now thats leading to a lovely bright showroom. With the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3922 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. Need help? Please call we can offer a lighting display design service backed by our manufacturers for larger projects 3 days supply time.

Very bright LED track spot with integral driver available in white, black and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight With Cool white light out put at 3922 Lumens Or Warm white at 3709 Lumens. Now thats leading to a lovely bright showroom. With the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3922 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. Need help? Please call we can offer a lighting display design service backed by our manufacturers for larger projects 3 days supply time.

£191
Demo center counters in black and white finish

Probably our most popular promotional counter, the demo center is small but perfectly suited to the smaller promotion where ever the venue. The dimensions for this unit are, 905mm High x 790mm wide. Round fronted with a rigid Pvc top fascia, made from polypropylene. Available in black or white. This counter unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. • High quality re-usable, easy to assemble • Polypropylene body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding • Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf • Epoxy polyester powder coated steel poles Any questions or advice 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

Probably our most popular promotional counter, the demo center is small but perfectly suited to the smaller promotion where ever the venue. The dimensions for this unit are, 905mm High x 790mm wide. Round fronted with a rigid Pvc top fascia, made from polypropylene. Available in black or white. This counter unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. • High quality re-usable, easy to assemble • Polypropylene body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding • Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf • Epoxy polyester powder coated steel poles Any questions or advice 01256 768178 Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£140
Curved workstation in black fabric with beech top

Still a popular piece of portable exhibition furniture for trade shows, the curved workstation. We show it here with the woodgrain effect top and fabric ny-loop velcro friendly wrap and there is a wide choice when it come to counter top colours and tambour body wraps. This stylish open backed physique curved workstation can also be offered as the full body wrapped version if preferred, see the drop down menu to select it. The curved workstation measures 1000h x 985w x 500d, Weight is 17 Kilos. This exhibition counter is also available as a full graphic version which brings branding opportunities. For a really smart but simple exhibition counter look at the all beech version or the ultra modern brushed aluminium versions. If you have a question please call on 01256 768178.

Still a popular piece of portable exhibition furniture for trade shows, the curved workstation. We show it here with the woodgrain effect top and fabric ny-loop velcro friendly wrap and there is a wide choice when it come to counter top colours and tambour body wraps. This stylish open backed physique curved workstation can also be offered as the full body wrapped version if preferred, see the drop down menu to select it. The curved workstation measures 1000h x 985w x 500d, Weight is 17 Kilos. This exhibition counter is also available as a full graphic version which brings branding opportunities. For a really smart but simple exhibition counter look at the all beech version or the ultra modern brushed aluminium versions. If you have a question please call on 01256 768178.

£237
Black moulded pop up display transport case with beech top.

The Easy Pop Up case is a strong moulded construction complete with lockable catches (Lock not supplied). This wheeled pop up transport case has a lighting compartment within lid and a free folding woodgrain effect counter top, full details on PDF below. With the addition of a graphic wrap you can turn your pop up case into a podium on your exhibition stand. This Quality display stand case seems to fit most cars, it will hold a pop up stand up to 3x4 straight or curved complete with the frame, magnetic bars, graphics and lights go into a lighting compartment in the lid with pre-shaped foam cut outs. This pop up display transit case has is tough and hard wearing built to take the knocks and protect your valuable pop up display equipment. Note : Graphic wrap sizes 1810 including a 30mm overlap join x 785mm high Feel free to call 01256 766234 with any questions. Size 970x610x400mm Overall Internal Is 870x560x350mm the case has a compartment at the top for two lights, many customers remove it and the overall height can be extended inside to about 940mm high making this a useful case to store and transport pop up banner stands.

The Easy Pop Up case is a strong moulded construction complete with lockable catches (Lock not supplied). This wheeled pop up transport case has a lighting compartment within lid and a free folding woodgrain effect counter top, full details on PDF below. With the addition of a graphic wrap you can turn your pop up case into a podium on your exhibition stand. This Quality display stand case seems to fit most cars, it will hold a pop up stand up to 3x4 straight or curved complete with the frame, magnetic bars, graphics and lights go into a lighting compartment in the lid with pre-shaped foam cut outs. This pop up display transit case has is tough and hard wearing built to take the knocks and protect your valuable pop up display equipment. Note : Graphic wrap sizes 1810 including a 30mm overlap join x 785mm high Feel free to call 01256 766234 with any questions. Size 970x610x400mm Overall Internal Is 870x560x350mm the case has a compartment at the top for two lights, many customers remove it and the overall height can be extended inside to about 940mm high making this a useful case to store and transport pop up banner stands.

£135
Exhibition cord carpets, bright exhibition colours.

A complete range of exhibition cord carpets for single show use purposes, Fast delivery. Carpets are sold by the linear meter. The roll size is 4 Meters in width and the colour range caters for all themes. Our carpets are supplied on a roll, suitable for exhibitions and trade show events in particular. Please see the large range below (downloadable PDF) Price is £6 per square Metre Delivery is normally 2 days

A complete range of exhibition cord carpets for single show use purposes, Fast delivery. Carpets are sold by the linear meter. The roll size is 4 Meters in width and the colour range caters for all themes. Our carpets are supplied on a roll, suitable for exhibitions and trade show events in particular. Please see the large range below (downloadable PDF) Price is £6 per square Metre Delivery is normally 2 days

£24
Tufted pile carpets for exhibitions

We are suppliers of tufted pile, hessian backed exhibition carpet. A large choice of plain colours. £13 per square meter. Carpet is supplied on 4M wide rolls and can be taped down. Easy fit tape should be used at all venues it needs to be applied to the outer edges and at butt joints to securely hold the carpet in position. Our purpose made tape allows easy carpet removal at the end of the show and will peel away from the hard floor a lot easier than standard tapes. If you feel that those hours on your feet at the exhibition hall could take its toll on your feet why not add our thick under lay too and gain a little cushioning and comfort. Fast delivery times, standard supply times are 2 days, we stock all the popular shades in our warehouse. A premium quality exhibition carpet on your exhibition stand will make it stand out from the masses with there cord quality carpet. Minimum order 1M x 4M, call for a quote for large floor areas 01256 768178.

We are suppliers of tufted pile, hessian backed exhibition carpet. A large choice of plain colours. £13 per square meter. Carpet is supplied on 4M wide rolls and can be taped down. Easy fit tape should be used at all venues it needs to be applied to the outer edges and at butt joints to securely hold the carpet in position. Our purpose made tape allows easy carpet removal at the end of the show and will peel away from the hard floor a lot easier than standard tapes. If you feel that those hours on your feet at the exhibition hall could take its toll on your feet why not add our thick under lay too and gain a little cushioning and comfort. Fast delivery times, standard supply times are 2 days, we stock all the popular shades in our warehouse. A premium quality exhibition carpet on your exhibition stand will make it stand out from the masses with there cord quality carpet. Minimum order 1M x 4M, call for a quote for large floor areas 01256 768178.

£52
Poster printing photo blow ups

1-20 Quantity Quality Printing. Poster printing and blow up photographs on 205gsm Photorealistic paper, Latex inks which are odour free and non toxic. As Exhibition printers we offer quality prints when you need 1-20 high standard prints we only use photorealistic papers. Need some thing a little larger than ask for a quote, 01256 768178.

1-20 Quantity Quality Printing. Poster printing and blow up photographs on 205gsm Photorealistic paper, Latex inks which are odour free and non toxic. As Exhibition printers we offer quality prints when you need 1-20 high standard prints we only use photorealistic papers. Need some thing a little larger than ask for a quote, 01256 768178.

£10
Fabric Walls

FW80 . Double sided stretch fabric frames. Strong 80mm anodised aluminium profile frame channel beveled corners ready for fixing. Made in house by Coker Expo. Prices in the below options including one soft stretch graphic Size to front face complete with easy fit silicone bead sewn in. These units can be wall mounted,free standing, hanging or mounted standing on top of your display area.They can also be illuminated by adding one of our various systems. We also have other profiles and manufacture edge lit systems and modular interior led lighting systems The frames are supplied in Knock down format or full frame, Maximum length is 3M in one section but sections can be joined as required. Portable kits allow seamless branded displays capable of transforming any exhibition, car showroom or retail environment. The frames are portable and the graphics are stretch fitted with a silicone bead edge pre-sewn in position, as the graphics can be dismounted and easily fitted this is the perfect choice for upgrading or completely changing the display from show to show. Combining our soft stretch fabric graphics and precision–engineered aluminium frames, the Coker Expo Stretch Fabric System is a popular modular solution that will enhance your sales environment with a large degree of wow factor. Please see the download PDF on this page detail for assembly detail, you will need an Allen key for the corners, joints and base plates, there is also central stiffening support depending on the frame size selected. Transport of the frames is easy, they are straight pieces rapidly assembled on site, please see the normal joining locations on the transport PDF on this page. We can supply a range of cases to suit your chosen frame size. The graphics recommended are best rolled but the fabric graphic banners can be folded lightly allowing them to be stored compactly.

FW80 . Double sided stretch fabric frames. Strong 80mm anodised aluminium profile frame channel beveled corners ready for fixing. Made in house by Coker Expo. Prices in the below options including one soft stretch graphic Size to front face complete with easy fit silicone bead sewn in. These units can be wall mounted,free standing, hanging or mounted standing on top of your display area.They can also be illuminated by adding one of our various systems. We also have other profiles and manufacture edge lit systems and modular interior led lighting systems The frames are supplied in Knock down format or full frame, Maximum length is 3M in one section but sections can be joined as required. Portable kits allow seamless branded displays capable of transforming any exhibition, car showroom or retail environment. The frames are portable and the graphics are stretch fitted with a silicone bead edge pre-sewn in position, as the graphics can be dismounted and easily fitted this is the perfect choice for upgrading or completely changing the display from show to show. Combining our soft stretch fabric graphics and precision–engineered aluminium frames, the Coker Expo Stretch Fabric System is a popular modular solution that will enhance your sales environment with a large degree of wow factor. Please see the download PDF on this page detail for assembly detail, you will need an Allen key for the corners, joints and base plates, there is also central stiffening support depending on the frame size selected. Transport of the frames is easy, they are straight pieces rapidly assembled on site, please see the normal joining locations on the transport PDF on this page. We can supply a range of cases to suit your chosen frame size. The graphics recommended are best rolled but the fabric graphic banners can be folded lightly allowing them to be stored compactly.

£212
Lighting truss build 22

Lighting truss build 22, system dimensions of 6239mm square and 3300mm high. Light weight, yet stromg alluminium display truss that works on a simple spigot and split pin connection system... call for more details, 01256 768178

Lighting truss build 22, system dimensions of 6239mm square and 3300mm high. Light weight, yet stromg alluminium display truss that works on a simple spigot and split pin connection system... call for more details, 01256 768178

£6,237
Exhibition lighting gantry system

A simple perimeter build in trio our triangular form lighting truss system, covers a floor area of 5m x 3m and stands at 3m high. Make an impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or AVI equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection system, a configuration that can be added to year on year. A 35mm diameter truss in aluminium, with a spigot and pic connection for simple and quick set up and break down at events and exhibitions. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality, call 01256 768178.

A simple perimeter build in trio our triangular form lighting truss system, covers a floor area of 5m x 3m and stands at 3m high. Make an impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or AVI equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection system, a configuration that can be added to year on year. A 35mm diameter truss in aluminium, with a spigot and pic connection for simple and quick set up and break down at events and exhibitions. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality, call 01256 768178.

£1,880
Events Lighting Truss with curves

An eye catching configuration, curves a plenty with this lighting truss system, it sits in a 4M x 4M floor area and stands at approx 3m high. Expect supply of this system to be about 2 weeks.

An eye catching configuration, curves a plenty with this lighting truss system, it sits in a 4M x 4M floor area and stands at approx 3m high. Expect supply of this system to be about 2 weeks.

£3,876
Lighting truss for large exhibition stands

Lighting truss systems for a large floor area of 10m x 4m. This structure stands at 10m x 4m x 3m high a popular exhibition floor size at events such as the boat show. If you need it larger still we can add to the width and length, ask for a quote. This is an aluminium modular truss system that uses a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system, this means no nuts and bolts and tight joints to stop visible deflection of long beams. This aluminium structure uses split stage legs for easy build and take down at events. We are based in Hampshire, come and visit, 01256 768178.

Lighting truss systems for a large floor area of 10m x 4m. This structure stands at 10m x 4m x 3m high a popular exhibition floor size at events such as the boat show. If you need it larger still we can add to the width and length, ask for a quote. This is an aluminium modular truss system that uses a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system, this means no nuts and bolts and tight joints to stop visible deflection of long beams. This aluminium structure uses split stage legs for easy build and take down at events. We are based in Hampshire, come and visit, 01256 768178.

£3,432
Truss design used as aback drop at an event.

A simple truss goal post style design, a quick to set up back drop for an event or presentation, just add a banner and some lighting, dimensions of 8m x 2.5m deep and 3m high. Need another size, ask for a quote in our System 35 aluminium trussing.

A simple truss goal post style design, a quick to set up back drop for an event or presentation, just add a banner and some lighting, dimensions of 8m x 2.5m deep and 3m high. Need another size, ask for a quote in our System 35 aluminium trussing.

£1,693
Trio aerial lighting rig, 2m Trio circle.

A 2m diameter aerial lighting rig in our Trio System 35 modular truss system, ideal for suspending from a ceiling to carry an array of lighting fixtures. High quality aluminium truss circle in a 35mm diameter tube with quick set up spigot and pin connection system, no fiddly nuts and bolts, 4 piece 900mm radius sections. Supplied with 4 lifting eyes, weight of 25 kgs. Add your lighting fixtures to complete your display, bring life and style to the area that you are hanging your structure in. Hang a banner from the trussing and get your brand and message over to all who see it high up in the air. Need your trussing painted? Any colour possible by quotation. We can also supply this build in Duo or Quad in any of our other various system types. Tube diameter sizes from 35mm to 50mm, call for info 01256 768178.

A 2m diameter aerial lighting rig in our Trio System 35 modular truss system, ideal for suspending from a ceiling to carry an array of lighting fixtures. High quality aluminium truss circle in a 35mm diameter tube with quick set up spigot and pin connection system, no fiddly nuts and bolts, 4 piece 900mm radius sections. Supplied with 4 lifting eyes, weight of 25 kgs. Add your lighting fixtures to complete your display, bring life and style to the area that you are hanging your structure in. Hang a banner from the trussing and get your brand and message over to all who see it high up in the air. Need your trussing painted? Any colour possible by quotation. We can also supply this build in Duo or Quad in any of our other various system types. Tube diameter sizes from 35mm to 50mm, call for info 01256 768178.

£1,040
Quad aluminium lighting truss for aerial lighting rigs

A very standard design for an aerial lighting truss, this is our Quad truss System 35 which uses a 35mm diameter tube and a spigot and pin connection system. Great for smaller floor areas and light weight to work with too as it is our 35mm diameter gauge system in aluminium. This example has dimensions of 4500mm x 3m and uses standard 2 way truss junctions. Ideal to suspend over exhibition floors and dance floors. The aerial truss lighting rig is the best method to raise lighting really high above any floor area. The system could be suspended on cables to either lifting eye clamps of our truss brackets. Add your lighting fixtures and bring some life and style to any area that your are hanging this structure in. Need another size, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

A very standard design for an aerial lighting truss, this is our Quad truss System 35 which uses a 35mm diameter tube and a spigot and pin connection system. Great for smaller floor areas and light weight to work with too as it is our 35mm diameter gauge system in aluminium. This example has dimensions of 4500mm x 3m and uses standard 2 way truss junctions. Ideal to suspend over exhibition floors and dance floors. The aerial truss lighting rig is the best method to raise lighting really high above any floor area. The system could be suspended on cables to either lifting eye clamps of our truss brackets. Add your lighting fixtures and bring some life and style to any area that your are hanging this structure in. Need another size, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

£1,364
Lighting truss build 33

A freely adjustable build... the two outer elements can be rotated on the Duo cross beam, many angeles possible with this configuration..... the image as shown covers 7m. The Duop beam is 3100mm in length. The two portals are 2800mm long and the height is 2224mm.

A freely adjustable build... the two outer elements can be rotated on the Duo cross beam, many angeles possible with this configuration..... the image as shown covers 7m. The Duop beam is 3100mm in length. The two portals are 2800mm long and the height is 2224mm.

£1,603
Suspended lighting truss in Quad

System 35 Quad suspended lighting truss rig. An eye catching lighting truss that can be suspended on cables fixed into a strong ceiling structure or I beam. This truss system uses a 35mm diameter tube and a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system for its assembly. Just add the lighting that you like or already have. Remember to add clamps for any lighting fixtures and lifting eyes or truss brackets for the rigs suspension. This structures dims measure 4.3 x 4.3m. This is just a sample design it could be amended in size or shape to form any required suspended truss structure, call for details and a quotation 01256 768178.

System 35 Quad suspended lighting truss rig. An eye catching lighting truss that can be suspended on cables fixed into a strong ceiling structure or I beam. This truss system uses a 35mm diameter tube and a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system for its assembly. Just add the lighting that you like or already have. Remember to add clamps for any lighting fixtures and lifting eyes or truss brackets for the rigs suspension. This structures dims measure 4.3 x 4.3m. This is just a sample design it could be amended in size or shape to form any required suspended truss structure, call for details and a quotation 01256 768178.

£1,904
5m diameter lighting truss circle

Trio 5m diameter suspended lighting truss circle in our System 35 modular truss system, supplied with 6 lifting eyes. This is our smaller weight system, 35mm diameter aluminium tube with quick connection spigot and pin fittings. We can also offer circles in this size and other diameters in a heavy weight 50mm diameter weight tube. 8 pieces at 2.4 radius sections which weighs 57 kilos. Remember that some times even a 5meter diameter truss circle is just not big enough, why not add in some straight beams to elongate it and add those extra meters to cover your exhibition, dance floor or atrium. We can also supply various lighting fixtures and if needs be a paint service, do you need white, black or any other colour by quotation. Call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178

Trio 5m diameter suspended lighting truss circle in our System 35 modular truss system, supplied with 6 lifting eyes. This is our smaller weight system, 35mm diameter aluminium tube with quick connection spigot and pin fittings. We can also offer circles in this size and other diameters in a heavy weight 50mm diameter weight tube. 8 pieces at 2.4 radius sections which weighs 57 kilos. Remember that some times even a 5meter diameter truss circle is just not big enough, why not add in some straight beams to elongate it and add those extra meters to cover your exhibition, dance floor or atrium. We can also supply various lighting fixtures and if needs be a paint service, do you need white, black or any other colour by quotation. Call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178

£2,699
Aerial lighting gantry 4m diameter circle

A 4m diameter Trio aerial lighting truss rig in our 35mm diameter tube, modular truss system. At this size your are able to illuminate large exhibition and dance floor areas with ease, just add your chosen lighting fixtures. This is a quick assembly truss using a spigot and pin connection system. This 4m diameter Trio circle is supplied with 5 lifting eyes, you may wish to upgrade to truss adapters if this is your preference for suspending your lighting rig. 4 pieces at 1.9m radius sections, weighs 34 kilos. Questions or advice call 01256 768178.

A 4m diameter Trio aerial lighting truss rig in our 35mm diameter tube, modular truss system. At this size your are able to illuminate large exhibition and dance floor areas with ease, just add your chosen lighting fixtures. This is a quick assembly truss using a spigot and pin connection system. This 4m diameter Trio circle is supplied with 5 lifting eyes, you may wish to upgrade to truss adapters if this is your preference for suspending your lighting rig. 4 pieces at 1.9m radius sections, weighs 34 kilos. Questions or advice call 01256 768178.

£2,159
Exhibition gantry systems in aluminium.

A two tier monster corner design build for exhibition events and trade shows, quick set up aluminium structures., standing at 3.9m high, 6m long by 5m deep, expect to fill a transit van when transporting this one......

A two tier monster corner design build for exhibition events and trade shows, quick set up aluminium structures., standing at 3.9m high, 6m long by 5m deep, expect to fill a transit van when transporting this one......

£3,841
Tapered Formulate CircleHanging Structure

Suspended tension fabric display, tapered circle for displaying your brand and message high over an exhibition stand or any event held in a build with a high ceiling structure. The Tapered Hanging Structure is beautifully formed, its conical shape draws the eye down too continue the theme onto the floor level below, even when viewed from a distance. Free up that expensive floor space at exhibition halls, create a stunning visual over head display and attract those potential customers. Our suspended tension fabric display in the tapered form is available in 3 sizes. Hanging Structure 3m diameter - dimensions of 1067h x 3048-2438mm (4 hanging points) Hanging Structure 4.3m diameter - dimensions of 1219h x 4267-3658mm (4 hanging points) Hanging Structure 4.6m diameter - dimensions of 1219h x 4572-3962mm (4 hanging points) We are able to produce custom suspended tension fabric displays too by quotation, call 01256 768178 with your requirement. Tension fabric suspended displays usually take 1 week in house to produce. Price shown is a finished 3m diameter display included the printed fabric graphics.

Suspended tension fabric display, tapered circle for displaying your brand and message high over an exhibition stand or any event held in a build with a high ceiling structure. The Tapered Hanging Structure is beautifully formed, its conical shape draws the eye down too continue the theme onto the floor level below, even when viewed from a distance. Free up that expensive floor space at exhibition halls, create a stunning visual over head display and attract those potential customers. Our suspended tension fabric display in the tapered form is available in 3 sizes. Hanging Structure 3m diameter - dimensions of 1067h x 3048-2438mm (4 hanging points) Hanging Structure 4.3m diameter - dimensions of 1219h x 4267-3658mm (4 hanging points) Hanging Structure 4.6m diameter - dimensions of 1219h x 4572-3962mm (4 hanging points) We are able to produce custom suspended tension fabric displays too by quotation, call 01256 768178 with your requirement. Tension fabric suspended displays usually take 1 week in house to produce. Price shown is a finished 3m diameter display included the printed fabric graphics.

£1,400
Exhibition gantry system with tables

Stylish truss system in Trio system 35, 35mm diameter tube trussing with a spigot and pin connection system for easy and fast assembly and take down times. This design is costed to include the semi circle tables and cross bars to carry the plasma screens. This build needs a floor area of 5.5m x 4m. The truss system is approx 5410mm x 3.5m and stands at 2.5m high. Really look the business with an exhibition stand as this at any event of presentation. Need to have add lights and the large Pvc banner for the back wall, ask for a quotation 01256 768178.

Stylish truss system in Trio system 35, 35mm diameter tube trussing with a spigot and pin connection system for easy and fast assembly and take down times. This design is costed to include the semi circle tables and cross bars to carry the plasma screens. This build needs a floor area of 5.5m x 4m. The truss system is approx 5410mm x 3.5m and stands at 2.5m high. Really look the business with an exhibition stand as this at any event of presentation. Need to have add lights and the large Pvc banner for the back wall, ask for a quotation 01256 768178.

£3,802
Truss for trade show events

If you need to section off a floor area or create a split back wall at an event or trade show here's an option... simply add banners to each aperture and create three distinct area's. The dimensions for this build are 9960mm x 2.8m x 3050mm high, the central truss span with the top sign aperture over is 4.8m. Need a design as this for a smaller floor area, we can quote, call 01256 768178.

If you need to section off a floor area or create a split back wall at an event or trade show here's an option... simply add banners to each aperture and create three distinct area's. The dimensions for this build are 9960mm x 2.8m x 3050mm high, the central truss span with the top sign aperture over is 4.8m. Need a design as this for a smaller floor area, we can quote, call 01256 768178.

£3,381
Triple display, suspended structure with fabric graphics

Suspended display structure, unique hanging structure for events and exhibition needs. This cleverly designed Freeform Structure features a triangle core with three spiralling flippers on the corners. The Triplet hanging structure is sure to grab everybody’s attention. The graphic area is extensive, giving multiple surfaces with which to design brilliant attention grabbing branded graphics. This system use the tension stretch fabric sock style of covering. This Triplet Hanging Structures dimensions are 3m - 914 x 3048 x 3048mm (3 hanging points). • Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening • With hanging loops to enable the structure to suspend from ceiling There are 2 other standard sizes, prices by quotation. Triplet Hanging Structure 4.3m - 1524 x 4267 x 4267mm (3 hanging points) Triplet Hanging Structure 4.9m - 1524 x 4877 x 4877mm (3 hanging points) Supply times for a creation as this will be 7 to 10 days, call for more detail 01256 768178.

Suspended display structure, unique hanging structure for events and exhibition needs. This cleverly designed Freeform Structure features a triangle core with three spiralling flippers on the corners. The Triplet hanging structure is sure to grab everybody’s attention. The graphic area is extensive, giving multiple surfaces with which to design brilliant attention grabbing branded graphics. This system use the tension stretch fabric sock style of covering. This Triplet Hanging Structures dimensions are 3m - 914 x 3048 x 3048mm (3 hanging points). • Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening • With hanging loops to enable the structure to suspend from ceiling There are 2 other standard sizes, prices by quotation. Triplet Hanging Structure 4.3m - 1524 x 4267 x 4267mm (3 hanging points) Triplet Hanging Structure 4.9m - 1524 x 4877 x 4877mm (3 hanging points) Supply times for a creation as this will be 7 to 10 days, call for more detail 01256 768178.

£1,280
Aluminium Exhibition Gantry build 39

Thinking big.... this aluminium truss structure stands 9.5m square and stands at 3m high. Another System 35 Trio truss system that could be used to create four separate defined area's, each over 3m square usable floor space.

Thinking big.... this aluminium truss structure stands 9.5m square and stands at 3m high. Another System 35 Trio truss system that could be used to create four separate defined area's, each over 3m square usable floor space.

£7,175
pop up display stand shelf

Need a shelf? we can insert a shelf within a curved or straight pop up display stand when required, this is useful for lightweight products and has its own integral lighting, other options would be a fold flat or curved plinth in front of the unit?

Need a shelf? we can insert a shelf within a curved or straight pop up display stand when required, this is useful for lightweight products and has its own integral lighting, other options would be a fold flat or curved plinth in front of the unit?

£215
A simple exhibition back wall with fabric graphics

This complete exhibition stand is 2070mm high, 3 frames made into One 3 meter long back wall with a stretch fit fabric graphics. Our vector kit 3 is the ideal freestanding display, made from light weight aluminium sections which lock together to form your framework. A simple allen key tool is all thats needed. A simple construction as this is set up quickly, dress with your choice of graphics and your presentation is underway in no time at all. The fabric graphics have a clever silicone bead sewn into all edges, this simple push fits into the aluminium profile, work around all edges giving tension to the fabric to make it taught, easy. Accessories and free standing unit shown are not included, but they are available on this site! Please have a look at the video on this page to understand how the stand is assembled. For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178 We will be happy to produce a cad drawing and quote for your custom exhibition stand size.

This complete exhibition stand is 2070mm high, 3 frames made into One 3 meter long back wall with a stretch fit fabric graphics. Our vector kit 3 is the ideal freestanding display, made from light weight aluminium sections which lock together to form your framework. A simple allen key tool is all thats needed. A simple construction as this is set up quickly, dress with your choice of graphics and your presentation is underway in no time at all. The fabric graphics have a clever silicone bead sewn into all edges, this simple push fits into the aluminium profile, work around all edges giving tension to the fabric to make it taught, easy. Accessories and free standing unit shown are not included, but they are available on this site! Please have a look at the video on this page to understand how the stand is assembled. For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178 We will be happy to produce a cad drawing and quote for your custom exhibition stand size.

£517
Exhibition lighting truss with Lcd screens and tables

Here we have an example to a great avi style display, showing large Lcd screens.... the price covers the 22 trio truss and tables only. The dims are 2.8m wide x 1550mm deep and 2380mm high. The table are set at 1025mm high.

Here we have an example to a great avi style display, showing large Lcd screens.... the price covers the 22 trio truss and tables only. The dims are 2.8m wide x 1550mm deep and 2380mm high. The table are set at 1025mm high.

£2,095
Exhibition stand with a canopy roof structure.

Vector Kit 5 is made up of three walls and a roof canopy, this modular exhibition structure has a size of 3M wide and 3m deep by height of 2070mm and 2310 to the canopy height. The extending roof canopy on the vector trade show stand ties the walls together and creates an opportunity for down lighting, a nice way to illuminate an exhibition stand floor area. Vector displays come in a range of freeform styles and designs, all can be added too at a later date to create a fresh new exhibition stand, so should you wish to change the look at your next trade show event it can be done with ease. The smart aluminium profiles lock together with an allen key fitting, follow the drawing that we will supply. now take your printed tension fabric graphics which have a clever silicone bead sewn to all sides and gently push he bead into the receiving edge of the profile. Please note price is not including accessories shown or any lighting fixtures. You may wish to consider adding transit cases to keep your exhibition system all together and protected during transit to different events and shows. We can custom build a modular exhibition booth along these lines to your specific stand dimensions, please ask for a quotation 01256 768178

Vector Kit 5 is made up of three walls and a roof canopy, this modular exhibition structure has a size of 3M wide and 3m deep by height of 2070mm and 2310 to the canopy height. The extending roof canopy on the vector trade show stand ties the walls together and creates an opportunity for down lighting, a nice way to illuminate an exhibition stand floor area. Vector displays come in a range of freeform styles and designs, all can be added too at a later date to create a fresh new exhibition stand, so should you wish to change the look at your next trade show event it can be done with ease. The smart aluminium profiles lock together with an allen key fitting, follow the drawing that we will supply. now take your printed tension fabric graphics which have a clever silicone bead sewn to all sides and gently push he bead into the receiving edge of the profile. Please note price is not including accessories shown or any lighting fixtures. You may wish to consider adding transit cases to keep your exhibition system all together and protected during transit to different events and shows. We can custom build a modular exhibition booth along these lines to your specific stand dimensions, please ask for a quotation 01256 768178

£2,280
Custom modular exhibition stand with arch support and storage cupboard

Vector Kit 7 modular exhibition display stand with a supporting arch and cupboard storeroom area. This exhibition stand has dimensions of 6000mm x 3000mm x 2400mm high. Vector modular display stands are created from a range of aluminium profile sections that lock together with an allen key connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. Each fabric graphic has a flexible silicone bead sewn to every edge, this slips in the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display wall. There is also an option for a solid foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. Method of assemble of an exhibition stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard sizes frames to create the structure of the complete exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your bespoke requirements or altered at a future point in time to create a new trade show stand for another event. A modular display as this is all about standing out from the crowd, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand to life. Need a bespoke design along these lines, 01256 768178

Vector Kit 7 modular exhibition display stand with a supporting arch and cupboard storeroom area. This exhibition stand has dimensions of 6000mm x 3000mm x 2400mm high. Vector modular display stands are created from a range of aluminium profile sections that lock together with an allen key connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. Each fabric graphic has a flexible silicone bead sewn to every edge, this slips in the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display wall. There is also an option for a solid foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. Method of assemble of an exhibition stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard sizes frames to create the structure of the complete exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your bespoke requirements or altered at a future point in time to create a new trade show stand for another event. A modular display as this is all about standing out from the crowd, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand to life. Need a bespoke design along these lines, 01256 768178

£2,835
Vector kit 8 modular exhibition stand with two support arches

Vector Kit 8 trade show display stand, designed to fit a 6x3 Metre L Shaped exhibition stand floor area. Vector modular display stands are produced with various aluminium profile sections that lock together with an connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. All tension fabric graphics have a flexible silicone bead stitched to every edge. This jab fits into the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display. Should you wish for a more traditional graphic style we also offer an option for a printed foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. To assemble a trade show display stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard size aluminium components. The assembled frames then lock together to create the finished structure of the exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics, the most popular or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your custom requirement. We can also altered any stand design at a later date to create a new trade show display stand for your next event. We keep a log of all drawings and the components list to build it. A modular display as this makes a statement about the company and the products it is promoting, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand as this to life. Please note the accessories shown are not included in the cost shown. Need a custom trade show stand design along these lines, 01256 768178

Vector Kit 8 trade show display stand, designed to fit a 6x3 Metre L Shaped exhibition stand floor area. Vector modular display stands are produced with various aluminium profile sections that lock together with an connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. All tension fabric graphics have a flexible silicone bead stitched to every edge. This jab fits into the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display. Should you wish for a more traditional graphic style we also offer an option for a printed foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. To assemble a trade show display stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard size aluminium components. The assembled frames then lock together to create the finished structure of the exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics, the most popular or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your custom requirement. We can also altered any stand design at a later date to create a new trade show display stand for your next event. We keep a log of all drawings and the components list to build it. A modular display as this makes a statement about the company and the products it is promoting, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand as this to life. Please note the accessories shown are not included in the cost shown. Need a custom trade show stand design along these lines, 01256 768178

£2,330
S50 3 way lighting truss left hand corner

S50TC34 System 50 50mm tube Left hand 3 way corner gantry corner complete with one set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500x500x500mm Pipe diameter is 50m Wall thickness is 2mm Brace 20mm Material Aluminium ALMGSi F31 Extruded tube with welded machined ends for precision fitting of conical tapered bullet pin and spring clip Actual weight is 8.5 Kilos

S50TC34 System 50 50mm tube Left hand 3 way corner gantry corner complete with one set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500x500x500mm Pipe diameter is 50m Wall thickness is 2mm Brace 20mm Material Aluminium ALMGSi F31 Extruded tube with welded machined ends for precision fitting of conical tapered bullet pin and spring clip Actual weight is 8.5 Kilos

£184
S50 C33 3 way lighting truss Right hand corner

S50TC33 System 50 50mm tube Right hand 3 way corner gantry corner complete with one set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500x500x500mm Pipe diameter is 50m Wall thickness is 2mm Brace 20mm Material Aluminium ALMGSi F31 Extruded tube with welded machined ends for precision fitting of conical tapered bullet pin and spring clip Actual weight is 8.5 Kilos

S50TC33 System 50 50mm tube Right hand 3 way corner gantry corner complete with one set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500x500x500mm Pipe diameter is 50m Wall thickness is 2mm Brace 20mm Material Aluminium ALMGSi F31 Extruded tube with welded machined ends for precision fitting of conical tapered bullet pin and spring clip Actual weight is 8.5 Kilos

£184
S50 trio lighting truss base plate

S50 trio lighting truss base plate S50TBase System 50 50mm tube complete with one set of half conicals pins and clips already fixed in position. Dimensions 320x320x50mm Material Aluminium ALMGSi F31 Wall or floor base plate for exhibition gantry stands Can be drilled and bolted Precision fitting of conical tapered bullet pin and spring clip Actual weight is 1.2 Kilos

S50 trio lighting truss base plate S50TBase System 50 50mm tube complete with one set of half conicals pins and clips already fixed in position. Dimensions 320x320x50mm Material Aluminium ALMGSi F31 Wall or floor base plate for exhibition gantry stands Can be drilled and bolted Precision fitting of conical tapered bullet pin and spring clip Actual weight is 1.2 Kilos

£65
Steel Lighting truss 3 way corner section

Steel Lighting truss corner Fashionable lighting truss, very well suited for small venues, showrooms exhibitions or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Please note that it is not allowed to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 350 x 350 x 310 mm Weight: 3.00kg

Steel Lighting truss corner Fashionable lighting truss, very well suited for small venues, showrooms exhibitions or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Please note that it is not allowed to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 350 x 350 x 310 mm Weight: 3.00kg

£47
Black steel base plate Gantry system

Steel Base Plate Steel Lighting truss corner Fashionable lighting truss, very well suited for small venues, showrooms exhibitions or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Please note that it is not allowed to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 291 x 254 x 43 mm Weight: 1.5kg

Steel Base Plate Steel Lighting truss corner Fashionable lighting truss, very well suited for small venues, showrooms exhibitions or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Please note that it is not allowed to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 291 x 254 x 43 mm Weight: 1.5kg

£17
Lighting Truss T Piece Black Steel

DJ Black Steel truss, horizontal (only) three-way 90° 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm. This is a 90° specifically horizontal three-way 90° "T" section . Black Steel truss components have been powder coated in eggshell black. Nut and bolts and location stubs (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50. It is however an extremely economical solution for many applications such as banner frames small exhibition stands, lighting stands and so on. Specifications Measurements: 500 x 350 x 183 mm Weight: 3,20kg

DJ Black Steel truss, horizontal (only) three-way 90° 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm. This is a 90° specifically horizontal three-way 90° "T" section . Black Steel truss components have been powder coated in eggshell black. Nut and bolts and location stubs (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50. It is however an extremely economical solution for many applications such as banner frames small exhibition stands, lighting stands and so on. Specifications Measurements: 500 x 350 x 183 mm Weight: 3,20kg

£54
Steel lighting truss 500mm straight

DJ Black Steel truss, Straight 500mm 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Nut and bolts (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 500 x 183 x 183 mm Weight: 2.10kg

DJ Black Steel truss, Straight 500mm 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Nut and bolts (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 500 x 183 x 183 mm Weight: 2.10kg

£40
1 Metre section Black Steel Exhibition Gantry

DJ Black Steel truss, Exhibition Gantry Straight 1000mm 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Nut and bolts (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 1500 x 183 x 183 mm Weight: 2.8kg Maximum load capacity: Length Uniformly distributed load (on the handle) 1.5mtr 15,0kg 3.0mtr 8,8kg 4.0mtr 4.6kg 5.0mtr 2.7kg 6.0mtr 1,6kg

DJ Black Steel truss, Exhibition Gantry Straight 1000mm 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Nut and bolts (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 1500 x 183 x 183 mm Weight: 2.8kg Maximum load capacity: Length Uniformly distributed load (on the handle) 1.5mtr 15,0kg 3.0mtr 8,8kg 4.0mtr 4.6kg 5.0mtr 2.7kg 6.0mtr 1,6kg

£52
Straight 1500mm

DJ Black Steel truss, Exhibition Gantry Straight 1500mm 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Nut and bolts (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 1500 x 183 x 183 mm Weight: 6.5kg Maximum load capacity: Length Uniformly distributed load (on the handle) 1.5mtr 15,0kg 3.0mtr 8,8kg 4.0mtr 4.6kg 5.0mtr 2.7kg 6.0mtr 1,6kg

DJ Black Steel truss, Exhibition Gantry Straight 1500mm 18mm Triple Tube construction 210mm x 210 x 210mm very well suited for small venues, exhibitions banner stands or as decoration in discotheques or clubs. Available in lengths from 50cm to 150cm, a standard 90° corner, a horizontal three-way 90° corner, an Apex up down right 90° corner-piece and matching baseplate. The truss has been powder coated in matt black. Nut and bolts (supplied) required for securing. Please note that it is not suitable to use this truss for stage constructions or professional applications because it is not certified as per System 35 or System 50 Specifications Measurements: 1500 x 183 x 183 mm Weight: 6.5kg Maximum load capacity: Length Uniformly distributed load (on the handle) 1.5mtr 15,0kg 3.0mtr 8,8kg 4.0mtr 4.6kg 5.0mtr 2.7kg 6.0mtr 1,6kg

£63
Lighting truss build 41 moon unit

A highly visual display truss to catch the eye. This system has defined top apertures for graphic banners and lighting. This build fits an 8m x 8m floor area with max height at 3.5m.

A highly visual display truss to catch the eye. This system has defined top apertures for graphic banners and lighting. This build fits an 8m x 8m floor area with max height at 3.5m.

£4,567
Gantry banner stand frame with banners.

A gantry banner stand display sign built in our S35 Trio truss with extending arms to suspend large pvc graphics banners from. This unit stands 2.5m high and has extension sign poles 800mm long, other sizes are possible, this unit is totally customisable. The base will be a 800mm square steel finished in silver paint, Banners are available as separate purchase, Exhibition gantry is a perfect framework for building banner stand frames. The system can be used as a freestanding banner support framework or it can be secured to a wall, it is also possible to create window style frames on walls. Looking to create your own custom banner display frame with truss or gantry ask for a quotation, 01256 768178.

A gantry banner stand display sign built in our S35 Trio truss with extending arms to suspend large pvc graphics banners from. This unit stands 2.5m high and has extension sign poles 800mm long, other sizes are possible, this unit is totally customisable. The base will be a 800mm square steel finished in silver paint, Banners are available as separate purchase, Exhibition gantry is a perfect framework for building banner stand frames. The system can be used as a freestanding banner support framework or it can be secured to a wall, it is also possible to create window style frames on walls. Looking to create your own custom banner display frame with truss or gantry ask for a quotation, 01256 768178.

£420
Typhoon banner stand tough pvc base for outdoor displays

Typhoon outdoor roller banner stand, 800mm wide x 2000mm high available as either a single or double-sided outdoor display. This outdoor banner stand has a water or Sand filled base with twist-out foot for added stability, it also has a handy pull handle and integral wheels for easy manoeuvrability when your getting to your promotion location with ease. Its sturdy base has a 26 litre base capacity so it can handle inclement weather conditions. There is also a carry bag included to keep all the parts safe and sound. A great outdoor roller banner stand choice for any outdoor event, county show or road side advertisement with a weather resistant graphic and quick set up ability.

Typhoon outdoor roller banner stand, 800mm wide x 2000mm high available as either a single or double-sided outdoor display. This outdoor banner stand has a water or Sand filled base with twist-out foot for added stability, it also has a handy pull handle and integral wheels for easy manoeuvrability when your getting to your promotion location with ease. Its sturdy base has a 26 litre base capacity so it can handle inclement weather conditions. There is also a carry bag included to keep all the parts safe and sound. A great outdoor roller banner stand choice for any outdoor event, county show or road side advertisement with a weather resistant graphic and quick set up ability.

£199
Monsoon PVC banner display frame work

The monsoon outdoor banner stand for external events and promotions, works on a simple A-frame configuration. This frame work is assembled in moments, then just stretch your banner inside the aperture created and connect it to the frame work with bungies or cable ties. The systems dimensions are, 2500mm x 1000mm high x 640mm deep with a banner aperture of 2340mm x 840mm. This banner display system comes with a single sided, eyed Pvc outdoor grade banner. Natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding. Easy push-fit assembly with plastic flush-fit joints – no tools necessary. Graphic secured with adjustable looped elastics. Supplied complete with guide pegs and Includes carry bag. Double sided units are also available. Frame is 6.5 kilos. Suitable for outdoor conditions up to Beaufort scale 5, call for art working details, 01256 768178

The monsoon outdoor banner stand for external events and promotions, works on a simple A-frame configuration. This frame work is assembled in moments, then just stretch your banner inside the aperture created and connect it to the frame work with bungies or cable ties. The systems dimensions are, 2500mm x 1000mm high x 640mm deep with a banner aperture of 2340mm x 840mm. This banner display system comes with a single sided, eyed Pvc outdoor grade banner. Natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding. Easy push-fit assembly with plastic flush-fit joints – no tools necessary. Graphic secured with adjustable looped elastics. Supplied complete with guide pegs and Includes carry bag. Double sided units are also available. Frame is 6.5 kilos. Suitable for outdoor conditions up to Beaufort scale 5, call for art working details, 01256 768178

£150
Fabric Walls

FW80 . Double sided stretch fabric frames. Strong 80mm anodised aluminium profile frame channel beveled corners ready for fixing. Made in house by Coker Expo. Prices in the below options including one soft stretch graphic Size to front face complete with easy fit silicone bead sewn in. These units can be wall mounted,free standing, hanging or mounted standing on top of your display area.They can also be illuminated by adding one of our various systems. We also have other profiles and manufacture edge lit systems and modular interior led lighting systems The frames are supplied in Knock down format or full frame, Maximum length is 3M in one section but sections can be joined as required. Portable kits allow seamless branded displays capable of transforming any exhibition, car showroom or retail environment. The frames are portable and the graphics are stretch fitted with a silicone bead edge pre-sewn in position, as the graphics can be dismounted and easily fitted this is the perfect choice for upgrading or completely changing the display from show to show. Combining our soft stretch fabric graphics and precision–engineered aluminium frames, the Coker Expo Stretch Fabric System is a popular modular solution that will enhance your sales environment with a large degree of wow factor. Please see the download PDF on this page detail for assembly detail, you will need an Allen key for the corners, joints and base plates, there is also central stiffening support depending on the frame size selected. Transport of the frames is easy, they are straight pieces rapidly assembled on site, please see the normal joining locations on the transport PDF on this page. We can supply a range of cases to suit your chosen frame size. The graphics recommended are best rolled but the fabric graphic banners can be folded lightly allowing them to be stored compactly.

FW80 . Double sided stretch fabric frames. Strong 80mm anodised aluminium profile frame channel beveled corners ready for fixing. Made in house by Coker Expo. Prices in the below options including one soft stretch graphic Size to front face complete with easy fit silicone bead sewn in. These units can be wall mounted,free standing, hanging or mounted standing on top of your display area.They can also be illuminated by adding one of our various systems. We also have other profiles and manufacture edge lit systems and modular interior led lighting systems The frames are supplied in Knock down format or full frame, Maximum length is 3M in one section but sections can be joined as required. Portable kits allow seamless branded displays capable of transforming any exhibition, car showroom or retail environment. The frames are portable and the graphics are stretch fitted with a silicone bead edge pre-sewn in position, as the graphics can be dismounted and easily fitted this is the perfect choice for upgrading or completely changing the display from show to show. Combining our soft stretch fabric graphics and precision–engineered aluminium frames, the Coker Expo Stretch Fabric System is a popular modular solution that will enhance your sales environment with a large degree of wow factor. Please see the download PDF on this page detail for assembly detail, you will need an Allen key for the corners, joints and base plates, there is also central stiffening support depending on the frame size selected. Transport of the frames is easy, they are straight pieces rapidly assembled on site, please see the normal joining locations on the transport PDF on this page. We can supply a range of cases to suit your chosen frame size. The graphics recommended are best rolled but the fabric graphic banners can be folded lightly allowing them to be stored compactly.

£212
Trade show display trussing in 35mm Diameter aluminium tube.

An imposing right angled design for a trade show display truss structure, this is in our 35mm diameter aluminium Trio trussing and covers a floor area of 7m x 3m x 4m high.

An imposing right angled design for a trade show display truss structure, this is in our 35mm diameter aluminium Trio trussing and covers a floor area of 7m x 3m x 4m high.

£6,657
Spiral tower showcase with branding

Spiral Showcase for exhibitions and events. A portable collapsible display showcase 2065mm x 565mm diameter. A great idea.... twist lock, quick assembly display towers that come in a handy wheeled bag, perfect for exhibition events. A special collapsible steel frame work allows quick assembly and dismantling of this unique display showcase. The unit stands at 2065mm high and has a diameter of 565mm weighs 20 kg's and has a carry bag included. Clear acetate windows that could even be covered in graphics to make a graphic display tower with three shelves. There is a light in the top section and the top two shelves are clear perspex. Units come supplied with acetate windows but not the graphic panels which are available as an option. These portable showcase towers are ideal to display small items at trade shows because of the ease of set up and take down. A special locking tab fitting in each section keeps it ridged, pop them up and it collapses down, easy. There is also a smaller Spiral Plinth also available (Half The height) 01256 768178

Spiral Showcase for exhibitions and events. A portable collapsible display showcase 2065mm x 565mm diameter. A great idea.... twist lock, quick assembly display towers that come in a handy wheeled bag, perfect for exhibition events. A special collapsible steel frame work allows quick assembly and dismantling of this unique display showcase. The unit stands at 2065mm high and has a diameter of 565mm weighs 20 kg's and has a carry bag included. Clear acetate windows that could even be covered in graphics to make a graphic display tower with three shelves. There is a light in the top section and the top two shelves are clear perspex. Units come supplied with acetate windows but not the graphic panels which are available as an option. These portable showcase towers are ideal to display small items at trade shows because of the ease of set up and take down. A special locking tab fitting in each section keeps it ridged, pop them up and it collapses down, easy. There is also a smaller Spiral Plinth also available (Half The height) 01256 768178

£283
Lighting truss design for stand alone all round display.

Lighting Truss design styled on a giant crab, for a floor area of 6m x 6m x 3.5m high. A complete walk around design, offering provision for 4 hanging double sided banner graphics.Please also look at our exhibition lighting section, with plug and play electrical wiring solutions. This level of lighting truss will offer plenty of possibilities for re creating other size exhibition stands the triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Is this the best investment in advertising and exhibition stands possible? It can be re built over and over again with different designs, it will last for a very long time 20 years of constant use is not an unreasonable expectation. Infinitely expandable and so far always in fashion, you will always need some way to mount your lighting and advertising media. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178 we are here to help!

Lighting Truss design styled on a giant crab, for a floor area of 6m x 6m x 3.5m high. A complete walk around design, offering provision for 4 hanging double sided banner graphics.Please also look at our exhibition lighting section, with plug and play electrical wiring solutions. This level of lighting truss will offer plenty of possibilities for re creating other size exhibition stands the triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Is this the best investment in advertising and exhibition stands possible? It can be re built over and over again with different designs, it will last for a very long time 20 years of constant use is not an unreasonable expectation. Infinitely expandable and so far always in fashion, you will always need some way to mount your lighting and advertising media. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178 we are here to help!

£5,721
Portable folding tower display case with storage compartment.

This acrylic glazed tower showcase unit can fold flat for easy transport and storage. Ideal for exhibitions and events. This unit shown comes complete with white alloy top and integral perspex shelves of 1 Kilo load bearing. This display cabinet is also fitted with a 50W centre light, wired through the top and a storage area at the base with sliding doors. Height is 1980mm x 468 x 468mm. Weight 29 kilos. Optional Extras include, Graphics to Base unit, Transport case and padded carry bag. Door sizes 4 x 5mm 229 x 938mm Sides 4 x 2mm 378 x 948mm Backs 2 x 2mm 426 x 948mm

This acrylic glazed tower showcase unit can fold flat for easy transport and storage. Ideal for exhibitions and events. This unit shown comes complete with white alloy top and integral perspex shelves of 1 Kilo load bearing. This display cabinet is also fitted with a 50W centre light, wired through the top and a storage area at the base with sliding doors. Height is 1980mm x 468 x 468mm. Weight 29 kilos. Optional Extras include, Graphics to Base unit, Transport case and padded carry bag. Door sizes 4 x 5mm 229 x 938mm Sides 4 x 2mm 378 x 948mm Backs 2 x 2mm 426 x 948mm

£780
Portable tower folding display case in perspex.

Extending our new range of portable folding furniture, the tower showcase units can fold flat for easy transport and storage. This unit shown comes complete with white alloy top and integral perspex shelves of 1 Kilo load bearing. An acrylic glazed display cabinet with 50W centre light (wired through top for folding). It's big and folds and has perspex glazing, ideal for use at any exhibition or event. Height is 1980mm x 468 x 468mm. Weight 29 kilos.

Extending our new range of portable folding furniture, the tower showcase units can fold flat for easy transport and storage. This unit shown comes complete with white alloy top and integral perspex shelves of 1 Kilo load bearing. An acrylic glazed display cabinet with 50W centre light (wired through top for folding). It's big and folds and has perspex glazing, ideal for use at any exhibition or event. Height is 1980mm x 468 x 468mm. Weight 29 kilos.

£780
Acrylic display box top on a white plinth

This perspex showcase top is made to order this example is 400mm square and lifts on and off like a cake protector it is designed for use with our fold flat display plinths and flat panel counter units. Special sizes can be made on request, acrylic is 6mm in thickness. These acrylic cubes are open based and are not able to fold for transport and are supplied as a welded, assembled unit. The plinth or counter unit is not included and must be ordered else where on the website. These acrylic display boxes are made to order and can take 2 weeks to supply.

This perspex showcase top is made to order this example is 400mm square and lifts on and off like a cake protector it is designed for use with our fold flat display plinths and flat panel counter units. Special sizes can be made on request, acrylic is 6mm in thickness. These acrylic cubes are open based and are not able to fold for transport and are supplied as a welded, assembled unit. The plinth or counter unit is not included and must be ordered else where on the website. These acrylic display boxes are made to order and can take 2 weeks to supply.

£140
Spiral display plinth white top.

Spiral display plinth is designed to be as a portable as possible, a twist and lock collapsible plinth that packs down into a single wheeled case for easy transportation. Spiral display plinths assemble in seconds without the need for tools, and can be branded with your own graphics. To assemble, simply pull up and twist to lock in place, push the securing fittings into position and your plinth is ready for dressing with your products, add your acrylic windows or branded panels. Steel frame with internal spring locks together when assembled Supplied with clear acetate panels Ideal for custom branding by replacing the acetate panels with graphic White tops and satin anodised Spiral Plinth 1070mm (h) x 580mm dia. approx. Optional ipad plinth top 17 kilos

Spiral display plinth is designed to be as a portable as possible, a twist and lock collapsible plinth that packs down into a single wheeled case for easy transportation. Spiral display plinths assemble in seconds without the need for tools, and can be branded with your own graphics. To assemble, simply pull up and twist to lock in place, push the securing fittings into position and your plinth is ready for dressing with your products, add your acrylic windows or branded panels. Steel frame with internal spring locks together when assembled Supplied with clear acetate panels Ideal for custom branding by replacing the acetate panels with graphic White tops and satin anodised Spiral Plinth 1070mm (h) x 580mm dia. approx. Optional ipad plinth top 17 kilos

£190
Posh twisted ropes with hooks in brass or chrome

Ropes made in England 25mm diameter and 1.8M Meters in length supplied with brass or chrome hooks. Please select your colour choice below, you also have a choice of gold or chrome finish hooks

Ropes made in England 25mm diameter and 1.8M Meters in length supplied with brass or chrome hooks. Please select your colour choice below, you also have a choice of gold or chrome finish hooks

£28
Wall eye plate for rope barrier systems.

Brass or chrome wall eye plate for rope and post queue management applications.

Brass or chrome wall eye plate for rope and post queue management applications.

£6
trade show lighting truss with arcs

An eye catching trade show lighting truss with arcs and curves design with wings for drop banners. The floor area required for this configuration is 6m x 3m and the truss stands at 2.445mm high.

An eye catching trade show lighting truss with arcs and curves design with wings for drop banners. The floor area required for this configuration is 6m x 3m and the truss stands at 2.445mm high.

£3,967
five chrome barrier stanchion posts

5 discounted Posts not including ropes at a special price. RopeMaster (trademark) is a high quality indoor post and rope barrier system for crowd control we offer 3 different finishes polished stainless satin stainless and brass each stand also offered with three different post tops all at at highly competitive prices The posts all have concrete filled steel bases with full circumference anti slip rubber floor protectors as standard. The ropes offered separately are available in three ranges twisted, velour and bespoke "posh English" The twist and velour ropes come in 1.8m lengths and available in three colours with trigger hook fittings which are also offered in gold or chrome finish. Our English ropes are traditionally made and cut to size as required the range of colours is also larger. We offer all RopeMaster post barriers on a sliding scale the more you buy the better the price. RopeMaster offers a perfect solution for queue management and crowd control. Posts are available with flat, crown or ball post top finials and come with a polished stainless steel or polished brass finish and forged rope loops. Please note we do offer an extensive range of RopeMaster crown control barriers this range is for indoor use all of the RopeMaster products have a three year guarantee. Dimensions: RopeMaster stanchions are an ideal product for a more traditional queue management solution. Posts are available with flat, crown or ball post top finials and come with a polished stainless steel or polished brass finish and forged rope loops. Total Height 990mm Base Diameter 320mm Fast Delivery

5 discounted Posts not including ropes at a special price. RopeMaster (trademark) is a high quality indoor post and rope barrier system for crowd control we offer 3 different finishes polished stainless satin stainless and brass each stand also offered with three different post tops all at at highly competitive prices The posts all have concrete filled steel bases with full circumference anti slip rubber floor protectors as standard. The ropes offered separately are available in three ranges twisted, velour and bespoke "posh English" The twist and velour ropes come in 1.8m lengths and available in three colours with trigger hook fittings which are also offered in gold or chrome finish. Our English ropes are traditionally made and cut to size as required the range of colours is also larger. We offer all RopeMaster post barriers on a sliding scale the more you buy the better the price. RopeMaster offers a perfect solution for queue management and crowd control. Posts are available with flat, crown or ball post top finials and come with a polished stainless steel or polished brass finish and forged rope loops. Please note we do offer an extensive range of RopeMaster crown control barriers this range is for indoor use all of the RopeMaster products have a three year guarantee. Dimensions: RopeMaster stanchions are an ideal product for a more traditional queue management solution. Posts are available with flat, crown or ball post top finials and come with a polished stainless steel or polished brass finish and forged rope loops. Total Height 990mm Base Diameter 320mm Fast Delivery

£218
Display truss build 49 (dwg 529-1)

Looking for a large open floor area with lighting arms over head. This design covers a floor area of 6m x 6m x 2.9m high.

Looking for a large open floor area with lighting arms over head. This design covers a floor area of 6m x 6m x 2.9m high.

£6,365
A4 Post top sign

This A4 portrait chrome poster holder is for use with the RopeMaster chrome posts which come with two vinyl inserts for sandwiching a standard A4 print and can be viewed either side. The poster holder can also be used as a single stand-alone sign with a chrome post if required.

This A4 portrait chrome poster holder is for use with the RopeMaster chrome posts which come with two vinyl inserts for sandwiching a standard A4 print and can be viewed either side. The poster holder can also be used as a single stand-alone sign with a chrome post if required.

£34
Freestanding lighting truss 6x6 metres with upstand

System 35 A System 35 trio lighting truss exhibition system to suit a 6 Metre square floor area that with the height of 3.4 meters. This design has three open sides and gives a large graphic opportunity on the back wall, however each aperture can be fitted with graphics with a choice of PVC banners, stretch fabrics or System 70 with magnetic panels to give a high end stand at exceptional value. The stand is the perfect partner for exhibition lighting to illuminate your entire stand. The design can also re used in reverse to give a large graphic at the front, there is also the possibility of rebuilding in a variety of shapes to fit different sized exhibition venus.

System 35 A System 35 trio lighting truss exhibition system to suit a 6 Metre square floor area that with the height of 3.4 meters. This design has three open sides and gives a large graphic opportunity on the back wall, however each aperture can be fitted with graphics with a choice of PVC banners, stretch fabrics or System 70 with magnetic panels to give a high end stand at exceptional value. The stand is the perfect partner for exhibition lighting to illuminate your entire stand. The design can also re used in reverse to give a large graphic at the front, there is also the possibility of rebuilding in a variety of shapes to fit different sized exhibition venus.

£3,300
Gantry lighting build 52

A 222 trio lighting truss design aimed at the client that requires a media presentation method. This system fits a floor area of 5m wide x 4m dee and stands at 2.9m high. The gantry pole tables are not included and need to be purchased too.

A 222 trio lighting truss design aimed at the client that requires a media presentation method. This system fits a floor area of 5m wide x 4m dee and stands at 2.9m high. The gantry pole tables are not included and need to be purchased too.

£3,866
Trio gantry build 55

A 222 trio truss build that can be used for a backdrop or display wall, 3800mm wide x 2245mm high, call for details.

A 222 trio truss build that can be used for a backdrop or display wall, 3800mm wide x 2245mm high, call for details.

£3,138
Gantry lighting stand 4 Metres high 4 x 9 Metres exhibition stand

Trio S35 Exhibition Gantry build 58 with floor area of 9M x 4M at a total height of 3.5M. First tier at 2.5 Metres, a staged leg assembly makes for easy set up and take down at events and trade shows. if you are looking to impress and be seen, a tall exhibition gantry stand could be the one for you. The top window banner display area can be used to screen off unsightly back distraction or be branded to use as high level product promotion it also provides perfect overhead display lighting positioning. This level of lighting truss will offer plenty of possibilities for re creating other size exhibition stands the triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. This range of components allows for small floor sizes too. Go higher? An exhibition stand at 4 Metres height is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting section.

Trio S35 Exhibition Gantry build 58 with floor area of 9M x 4M at a total height of 3.5M. First tier at 2.5 Metres, a staged leg assembly makes for easy set up and take down at events and trade shows. if you are looking to impress and be seen, a tall exhibition gantry stand could be the one for you. The top window banner display area can be used to screen off unsightly back distraction or be branded to use as high level product promotion it also provides perfect overhead display lighting positioning. This level of lighting truss will offer plenty of possibilities for re creating other size exhibition stands the triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. This range of components allows for small floor sizes too. Go higher? An exhibition stand at 4 Metres height is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting section.

£5,264
Monsoon wall mounted banner frame

Lightweight aluminium wall mounted banner frame. Looking to fix a large Pvc banner to the side of a build or high up on a wall consider the tried and trusted and aluminium banner frame that is now available in wall mounted format. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use, Easy to fit Pvc banner graphics can be changed regularly to suit your needs. • 2m and 3m widths • Easy to assemble • Available in standard or custom sizes by request • Graphic secured with loop fastenings • With stands winds 18-24mph / 29-38kmh approx Comprises of natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding.

Lightweight aluminium wall mounted banner frame. Looking to fix a large Pvc banner to the side of a build or high up on a wall consider the tried and trusted and aluminium banner frame that is now available in wall mounted format. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use, Easy to fit Pvc banner graphics can be changed regularly to suit your needs. • 2m and 3m widths • Easy to assemble • Available in standard or custom sizes by request • Graphic secured with loop fastenings • With stands winds 18-24mph / 29-38kmh approx Comprises of natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding.

£136
Exhibition lighting gantry for events

A Trio lighting truss in a popular size of 7m x 3m x 2.5m high. Lighting gantry for events and exhibition needs, System 35 is a modular truss for creating aluminium structures to carry lighting and graphics banners. This trussing is in a 35mm diameter tube and can be erected quickly thanks to the spigot and pin connection system. Need a different floor area, drop some sections out to reduce its size. Call 01256 768178 for more information on trussing.

A Trio lighting truss in a popular size of 7m x 3m x 2.5m high. Lighting gantry for events and exhibition needs, System 35 is a modular truss for creating aluminium structures to carry lighting and graphics banners. This trussing is in a 35mm diameter tube and can be erected quickly thanks to the spigot and pin connection system. Need a different floor area, drop some sections out to reduce its size. Call 01256 768178 for more information on trussing.

£2,120
heavy duty display turntable in steel finish

The CEU5000 is a well built heavy duty turntable for applications that go up to the huge weight load of 500 kilos. All rotating displays must be centrally balanced, consider counter balancing if yours is not. Remember that a large secondary turn plate or a high object being displayed actually causes torque and in effect acts as additional weight, all of this needs considering when calculating your probable weight load. There are 4 Models available to order and supply time is around 8 days. There are options available with slip rings for powering of 3rd party items placed upon the turntable, 4 amps or 8 amps (Special) or without slip rings. Our turntable drive motors are offered with indoor or outdoor choices. Note: Outdoor units must still be protected from spray and standing water, rated IPx3. Turn plate 400mm Max centric load 500Kg Total height 125mm Cable length 2M 220-240V Rotating speed 1RPM Rotates clockwise Drive motor draws 15.5W Very quiet operation Slipping clutch for safety only Stop time operation possible Mains Powered Feel free to discuss your application with ourselves, 01256 768178.

The CEU5000 is a well built heavy duty turntable for applications that go up to the huge weight load of 500 kilos. All rotating displays must be centrally balanced, consider counter balancing if yours is not. Remember that a large secondary turn plate or a high object being displayed actually causes torque and in effect acts as additional weight, all of this needs considering when calculating your probable weight load. There are 4 Models available to order and supply time is around 8 days. There are options available with slip rings for powering of 3rd party items placed upon the turntable, 4 amps or 8 amps (Special) or without slip rings. Our turntable drive motors are offered with indoor or outdoor choices. Note: Outdoor units must still be protected from spray and standing water, rated IPx3. Turn plate 400mm Max centric load 500Kg Total height 125mm Cable length 2M 220-240V Rotating speed 1RPM Rotates clockwise Drive motor draws 15.5W Very quiet operation Slipping clutch for safety only Stop time operation possible Mains Powered Feel free to discuss your application with ourselves, 01256 768178.

£1,150
Turntable in steel finish for heavy weight loads

When creating any rotating display stand it is important to consider the dead weight and the size of the display. The display size is very important and the load must be a balanced load to ensure the unit works properly, providing this is given due consideration the rotating display stand will provide intrinsic interest in the display which should result in increased sales and product awareness. The CEU 7500 is a heavy duty turntable made in steel to be very robust. It has a hole through the centre plate of 42mm diameter, this can be used to insert a rod or hollow tube which could provide support for a stationary deck for example. Outdoor model rated at IPx3, needs protection from water spray and standing water. 4 Models are available, indoor, outdoor, with and without power rings. Available with slip rings for illumination 4 amps or 8 amps by special order Turn plate 400mm Max centric load 750Kg Total height 125mm Cable length 2M 220-240V or 115V Possible Rotating speed 1RPM Rotates clockwise Very quiet operation Slipping clutch for safety only Stop time operation possible Mains Powered Lead time 10 days For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

When creating any rotating display stand it is important to consider the dead weight and the size of the display. The display size is very important and the load must be a balanced load to ensure the unit works properly, providing this is given due consideration the rotating display stand will provide intrinsic interest in the display which should result in increased sales and product awareness. The CEU 7500 is a heavy duty turntable made in steel to be very robust. It has a hole through the centre plate of 42mm diameter, this can be used to insert a rod or hollow tube which could provide support for a stationary deck for example. Outdoor model rated at IPx3, needs protection from water spray and standing water. 4 Models are available, indoor, outdoor, with and without power rings. Available with slip rings for illumination 4 amps or 8 amps by special order Turn plate 400mm Max centric load 750Kg Total height 125mm Cable length 2M 220-240V or 115V Possible Rotating speed 1RPM Rotates clockwise Very quiet operation Slipping clutch for safety only Stop time operation possible Mains Powered Lead time 10 days For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£1,485
CS01 heavy duty large display turntable for 1000 kg loads.

A heavy duty mains powered display turntable unit with a turn plate of 660mm square, the CS01SR carries a maximum centric load of 1000 Kilos, has a total height of 205mm, fitted with a mains cable length of 2M. Its Rotating speed is 1.2 RPM, rotating clockwise and is a very quiet operation. The turntable is belt drive and is also fitted with a slipping clutch to meet EU health and safety standards. 220-240V - 8 amp draw. A powerful tapered roller bearing supports against big warping power with larger installations. This display drive uses a asynchronous Gear Motor: (torque 25 Nm), power consumption approx. 130w. Its slip ring is embedded and protected at the inside or outer edge of the turn plate. This display drive motor is also rated for external use to IP53 standard. A speed convertor is available for this turntable but it will interrupt the slip ring power supply to making it non usable. This turntable drive unit comes in a galvanised finish and weights 104 kilos, it ships in a packing case - 92 kilo's Supply time on these units is approx 2 weeks. Please discuss your needs with our specialists, you may be asked to send a drawing with dimensions and weight calculation for your application, 01256 768178. A range of custom options are offered with this unit by quotation please see the Pdf.

A heavy duty mains powered display turntable unit with a turn plate of 660mm square, the CS01SR carries a maximum centric load of 1000 Kilos, has a total height of 205mm, fitted with a mains cable length of 2M. Its Rotating speed is 1.2 RPM, rotating clockwise and is a very quiet operation. The turntable is belt drive and is also fitted with a slipping clutch to meet EU health and safety standards. 220-240V - 8 amp draw. A powerful tapered roller bearing supports against big warping power with larger installations. This display drive uses a asynchronous Gear Motor: (torque 25 Nm), power consumption approx. 130w. Its slip ring is embedded and protected at the inside or outer edge of the turn plate. This display drive motor is also rated for external use to IP53 standard. A speed convertor is available for this turntable but it will interrupt the slip ring power supply to making it non usable. This turntable drive unit comes in a galvanised finish and weights 104 kilos, it ships in a packing case - 92 kilo's Supply time on these units is approx 2 weeks. Please discuss your needs with our specialists, you may be asked to send a drawing with dimensions and weight calculation for your application, 01256 768178. A range of custom options are offered with this unit by quotation please see the Pdf.

£3,850
CS03 display turntable for large revolving displays at events and showrooms

The CS03 large display turntable motor drive unit has a 1250mm turning plate and is a belt drive display turntable. This drive motor stands at 230mm high and will rotate loads up to 3000 kilos at 1.0 RPM in a clock wise direction. The turntable is for horizontal use only, motor power 130 Watts. A large welded rotary joint (Ø 800 mm) gives supports against big warping power that comes with large secondary deck installations. This display drive uses a asynchronous Gear Motor, power consumption approx 180w. It is fitted with a slip ring to allow power supply to a 3rd party item sitting atop the drive unit, 220-240V up to 16amps. Rated as IP53 so can be used for appropriate external applications as well as indoor events and showroom needs. This turntables weight is 400 Kilos and is supplied in a transit case for its protection during delivery. Again as with all turntables you must consider the proportions of your display or product. The height of the item that you are revolving has a huge bearing on the weight load of a turntable. The load must be balanced and concentric, this may mean that counter balancing is required. We can also supply additional extension bars, a kit of six, to support your secondary display plate, to a a maximum of 4m diameter. There is also available as an option a speed regulatory at additional cost, note that this works by interrupting the cycles and so will stop the slip ring from working correctly. Please discuss your needs with our specialists, you may be asked to send a drawing with dimensions and weight calculation for your application, 01256 768178. Expect 1 month supply times.

The CS03 large display turntable motor drive unit has a 1250mm turning plate and is a belt drive display turntable. This drive motor stands at 230mm high and will rotate loads up to 3000 kilos at 1.0 RPM in a clock wise direction. The turntable is for horizontal use only, motor power 130 Watts. A large welded rotary joint (Ø 800 mm) gives supports against big warping power that comes with large secondary deck installations. This display drive uses a asynchronous Gear Motor, power consumption approx 180w. It is fitted with a slip ring to allow power supply to a 3rd party item sitting atop the drive unit, 220-240V up to 16amps. Rated as IP53 so can be used for appropriate external applications as well as indoor events and showroom needs. This turntables weight is 400 Kilos and is supplied in a transit case for its protection during delivery. Again as with all turntables you must consider the proportions of your display or product. The height of the item that you are revolving has a huge bearing on the weight load of a turntable. The load must be balanced and concentric, this may mean that counter balancing is required. We can also supply additional extension bars, a kit of six, to support your secondary display plate, to a a maximum of 4m diameter. There is also available as an option a speed regulatory at additional cost, note that this works by interrupting the cycles and so will stop the slip ring from working correctly. Please discuss your needs with our specialists, you may be asked to send a drawing with dimensions and weight calculation for your application, 01256 768178. Expect 1 month supply times.

£11,300
Electronic display turntable speed adjustor

Display turntable speed regulator, ONLY for use with TTCSW 1000/2000/3000 series turntables, but EXCLUDES the silent models. This